PROTOCOLS
PROTOCOL 1
on horizontal adaptations
The provisions of the acts referred to in the Annexes to the Agreement shall be applicable in accordance with the Agreement and this Protocol, unless otherwise provided in the respective Annex. The specific adaptations necessary for individual acts are set out in the Annex where the act concerned is listed.
1.

INTRODUCTORY PARTS OF THE ACTS
The preambles of the acts referred to are not adapted for the purposes of the Agreement. They are relevant to the extent necessary for the proper interpretation and application, within the framework of the Agreement, of the provisions contained in such acts.
2.

PROVISIONS ON EC COMMITTEES
Procedures, institutional arrangements or other provisions concerning EC committees contained in the acts referred to are dealt with in Articles 81, 100 and 101 of the Agreement and in Protocol 31.
3.

PROVISIONS SETTING UP PROCEDURES FOR ADAPTING/AMENDING COMMUNITY ACTS
Where an act referred to provides for EC procedures on its adaptation, extension or amendment or for the development of new Community policies, initiatives or acts, the relevant decision-making procedures provided for in the Agreement shall apply.
4.

EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION AND NOTIFICATION PROCEDURES
1. Where an EC Member State is to submit information to the EC Commission, an EFTA State shall submit such information to the EFTA Surveillance Authority and to a Standing Committee of the EFTA States. The same shall apply when the transmission of information is to be carried out by the competent authorities. The EC Commission and the EFTA Surveillance Authority shall exchange information they have received from the EC Member States or from the EFTA States or from the competent authorities.
2. Where an EC Member State is to submit information to one or more other EC Member States, it shall also submit that information to the EC Commission which shall pass it on to the Standing Committee for distribution to the EFTA States.
An EFTA State shall submit corresponding information to one or more other EFTA States and to the Standing Committee which shall pass it on to the EC Commission for distribution to the EC Member States. The same shall apply when the information is to be submitted by the competent authorities.
3. In areas where, for reasons of urgency, rapid transfer of information is called for, appropriate sectoral solutions providing for direct exchange of information shall apply.
4. Functions of the EC Commission in the context of procedures for verification or approval, information, notification or consultation and similar matters shall for the EFTA States be carried out according to procedures established among them. This is without prejudice to paragraphs 2, 3 and 7. The EC Commission and the EFTA Surveillance Authority or the Standing Committee, as the case may be, shall exchange all information regarding these matters. Any issue arising in this context may be referred to the EEA Joint Committee.
5.

REVIEW AND REPORTING PROCEDURES
Where, according to an act referred to, the EC Commission or another EC body is to prepare a report or an assessment or the like, the EFTA Surveillance Authority or the Standing Committee, as the case may be, shall, unless otherwise agreed, concurrently prepare, as appropriate, a corresponding report or assessment or the like, with regard to the EFTA States. The EC Commission and the EFTA Surveillance Authority or the Standing Committee, as the case may be, shall consult each other and exchange information during the preparation of their respective reports, copies of which shall be sent to the EEA Joint Committee.
6.

PUBLICATION OF INFORMATION
1. Where, according to an act referred to, an EC Member State is to publish certain information on facts, procedures and the like, also the EFTA States shall, under the Agreement, publish the relevant information in a corresponding manner.
2. Where, according to an act referred to, facts, procedures, reports and the like are to be published in the Official Journal of the European Communities, the corresponding information regarding the EFTA States shall be published in a separate EEA section thereof.
7.

RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS
Rights conferred and obligations imposed upon the EC Member States or their public entities, undertakings or individuals in relation to each other, shall be understood to be conferred or imposed upon Contracting Parties, the latter also being understood, as the case may be, as their competent authorities, public entities, undertakings or individuals.
8.

REFERENCES TO TERRITORIES
Whenever the acts referred to contain references to the territory of the ‘Community’ or of the ‘common market’ the references shall for the purposes of the Agreement be understood to be references to the territories of the Contracting Parties as defined in Article 126 of the Agreement.
9.

REFERENCES TO NATIONALS OF EC MEMBER STATES
Whenever the acts referred to contain references to nationals of EC Member States, the references shall for the purposes of the Agreement be understood to be references also to nationals of EFTA States.
10.

REFERENCES TO LANGUAGES
Where an act referred to confers upon the EC Member States or their public entities, undertakings or individuals rights or imposes obligations regarding the use of any of the official languages of the European Communities, the corresponding rights and obligations regarding the use of any of the official languages of all Contracting Parties shall be understood to be conferred or imposed upon Contracting Parties, their competent authorities, public entities, undertakings or individuals.
11.

ENTRY INTO FORCE AND IMPLEMENTATION OF ACTS
Provisions on the entry into force or implementation of the acts referred to in the Annexes to the Agreement are not relevant for the purposes of the Agreement. The time limits and dates for the EFTA States for bringing into force and implementing acts referred to follow from Article 129(3) of the Agreement, as well as from provisions on transitional arrangements.
12.

ADDRESSEES OF THE COMMUNITY ACTS
Provisions indicating that a Community act is addressed to the Member States of the Community are not relevant for the purposes of the Agreement.
PROTOCOL 2
on products excluded from the scope of the Agreement in accordance with Article 8(3)(a)
The following products falling within HS, Chapters 25 to 97, are excluded from the scope of the Agreement:
HS heading No | Product description
35.01 | Casein, casemates and other casein derivatives; Casein glues
35.02 | Albumins, albuminates and other albumin derivatives:
10 | – Egg albumin:
ex 10 | – – Other than unfit, or to be rendered unfit, for human consumption
90 | – Other:
ex 90 | – – Milk albumin (lactalbumin), other than unfit, or to be rendered unfit, for human consumption
35.05 | Dextrins and other modified starches (for example, pregelatinized or esterified starches); glues based on starches, or on dextrins or other modified starches:
10 | – Dextrins and other modified starches:
ex 10 | – – Starches, esterified or etherified
PROTOCOL 3
concerning products referred to in Article 8(3)(b) of the Agreement
CHAPTER I

GENERAL PROVISION

Application of the EEA provisions
Article 1
Subject to the provisions of this Protocol and unless otherwise specified in the Agreement, the provisions of the Agreement shall apply to products listed in Tables I and II.
CHAPTER II

PRICE COMPENSATION ARRANGEMENTS

General principle of price compensation
Article 2
1.
In order to take account of differences in the cost of the agricultural raw materials used in the manufacture of the products specified in Table I, the Agreement does not preclude the application of price compensation measures to these products; that is the levying of variable components upon import and the granting of refunds upon export.
2.
If a Contracting Party applies internal measures which reduce the price of raw materials to processing industries, these measures shall be taken into account in the calculation of price compensation amounts.

New calculation system
Article 3
1.
Subject to the conditions and specific provisions set out in Articles 4 to 9, the price compensation shall be calculated on the basis of the amounts of raw materials actually used in the manufacture of the product and on the basis of jointly confirmed reference prices.
2.
Unless otherwise provided in Article 1 of Appendix 1, the Contracting Parties shall not levy customs duties or other fixed amounts on imported goods which are subject to the system referred to in paragraph 1.
3.
The list of raw materials for which each Contracting Party may apply price compensation is established in Appendix 2. The procedure for the amendment of the list is established in Appendix 3.

Declaration of raw materials
Article 4
1.
Whenever, in connection with the importation, a declaration of raw materials used in the production process is submitted to the authorities of the importing State, these authorities shall, unless they have reasonable doubt as to the accuracy of the information in the declaration, calculate the variable component in proportion to the net weight of the product presented for clearance and the amounts of raw materials indicated in the declaration.
2.
Rules concerning the declarations to be used and procedures for their submission are established in Appendix 4.

Verification of declarations
Article 5
1.
The Contracting Parties shall assist each other in verifying the accuracy of the declarations.
2.
The details of the verification procedure of the declarations are established in Appendix 5.

Reference prices
Article 6
1.
Contracting Parties shall notify to the EEA Joint Committee the prices of raw materials for which price compensation measures are applied. The prices which are notified shall reflect the actual price situation in the territory of the Contracting Party. They shall be the prices normally paid at the wholesale or the manufacturing stage by processing industries. If an agricultural raw material is available to the processing industry, or to a part of it, at a price lower than the one otherwise ruling on the domestic market, the notification shall be adjusted accordingly.
2.
The EEA Joint Committee shall on the basis of the notifications periodically confirm the reference prices to be used in the calculation of price compensation amounts.
3.
Details of the reference prices to be used, the notification system and the procedures for the confirmation of the reference prices are established in Appendix 6.

Coefficients
Article 7
1.
When converting amounts of raw materials concerned into quantities of raw materials for which there is a reference price confirmed, the Contracting Parties shall use agreed coefficients.
2.
A list of the coefficients to be applied is provided for in Appendix 7.

Difference between the reference prices
Article 8
For each of the raw materials concerned, the price compensation amount shall not exceed the difference between the domestic reference price and the lowest of the reference prices in any of the Contracting Parties.

Limit to price compensation amounts
Article 9
A Contracting Party shall not levy on a product coming from another Contracting Party variable price compensation components higher than the customs duty or fixed amount which it applied on 1 January 1992 to the product concerned when coming from the Contracting Party in question. This limit also applies when the customs duty or fixed amount was administered through a tariff quota, but not in cases where, in addition to the customs duty or fixed amount, the product concerned was subject to a price compensation measure on 1 January 1992.
CHAPTER III

OTHER PROVISIONS

Non-application of Chapter II to Table II products
Article 10
1.
The provisions of Chapter II shall not apply to products listed in Table II. In particular, with respect to these products, the Contracting Parties may not levy customs duties on imports or charges having equivalent effect, including variable components, or grant refunds upon export.
2.
As regards the products referred to in paragraph 1, special arrangements concerning customs duties on imports and other fixed amounts are set out in Article 2 of Appendix 1.

Application of Protocol No 2
Article 11
In so far as trade between an EFTA State and the Community in a product covered by the respective Table of Protocol No 2 of the Free Trade Agreement is concerned and without prejudice to the provision of Article 6 of Appendix 1 to this Protocol, the provisions of the Protocol No 2 and Protocol No 3 of the respective Free Trade Agreement as well as all other relevant provisions of the Free Trade Agreement shall apply:
- if the product is listed in Table I but the conditions for the application of the system set out in Articles 3 to 9 are not fulfilled, or
- if the product falls within HS Chapters 1 to 24 but is not listed in Table I or II, or
- if the product is listed in Protocol 2 of this Agreement.

Transparency
Article 12
1.
The Contracting Parties shall make available to the EEA Joint Committee as soon as possible and at the latest two weeks after their entry into force, full details of any price compensation measures applied on the basis of the system set out in Articles 3 to 9. Any Contracting Party may request an examination of such measures in the light of the foregoing provisions within the EEA Joint Committee.
2.
In case a Contracting Party applies, autonomously or on contractual basis, to products not listed in Table I or to products listed in that Table but coming from third countries, a system similar to that set out in Articles 3 to 9, it shall inform the EEA Joint Committee.
3.
The Contracting Parties shall also inform the EEA Joint Committee of internal measures which reduce the price of raw materials to processing industries.
4.
Any Contracting Party may request a discussion in the EEA Joint Committee on the systems and measures referred to in paragraphs 2 and 3.

Country-specific arrangements
Article 13
Articles 4 to 6 of Appendix 1 contain specific arrangements concerning Austria, Finland, Iceland and Norway.

Reviews
Article 14
The Contracting Parties shall review at two-yearly intervals the development of their trade in processed agricultural products. A first review shall be held before the end of 1993. In the light of these reviews the Contracting Parties will decide on a possible extension of the product coverage of the Protocol as well as on a possible abolition of the remaining customs duties and other charges referred to in Articles 1 and 2 of Appendix 1.
APPENDIX 1
Article 1
1.
The Contracting Parties may, in addition to variable price compensation components, apply customs duties or other fixed amounts not exceeding 10% on the following products:
20.07 | Jams, fruit jellies, marmalades, fruit or nut purée and fruit or nut pastes, being cooked preparations, whether or not containing added sugar or other sweetening matter
2.
The Contracting Parties shall abolish progressively in accordance with the following timetable customs duties and other fixed amounts on the products listed below:
1. on 1 January 1993 each duty shall be reduced to five-sixths of the basic duty;
2. five further reductions of one-sixth each shall be made on 1 January 1994, 1 January 1995, 1 January 1996, 1 January 1997 and 1 January 1998.
13.02 | Vegetable saps and extracts; pectic substances, pectinates and pectates; agar-agar and other mucilages and thickeners, whether or not modified, derived from vegetable products:
20 | – Pectic substances, pectinates and pectates:
ex 20 | – – Containing 5% or more by weight of added sugar
15.17 | Margarine; edible mixtures or preparations of animal or vegetable fats or oils or of fractions of different fats or oils of this Chapter, other than edible fats or oils or their fractions of heading No 15.16:
10 | – Margarine, excluding liquid margarine:
ex 10 | – – Containing more than 10% but not more than 15% by weight of milkfats
90 | – Other:
ex 90 | – – Containing more than 10% but not more than 15% by weight of milkfats
21.06 | Food preparations not elsewhere specified or included:
ex 21.06 | – Other than flavoured or coloured sugar syrups:
– – Containing more than 15% by weight of milkfat
3.
The Contracting Parties shall reduce progressively in accordance with the following timetable customs duties and other fixed amounts on the product indicated below:
1. on 1 January 1993 each duty shall be reduced to 90% of the basic duty;
2. four further reductions of 10% each shall be made on 1 January 1994, 1 January 1995, 1 January 1996 and 1 January 1997.
17.02 | Other sugars, including chemically pure lactose, maltose, glucose and fructose, in solid form; sugar syrups not containing added flavouring or colouring matter; artificial honey, whether or not mixed with natural honey; caramel:
50 | – Chemically pure fructose.
Article 2
1.
The Contracting Parties shall abolish progressively in accordance with the following timetable customs duties on imports and other fixed amounts on the products listed below:
1. on 1 January 1993 each duty shall be reduced to five-sixths of the basic duty;
2. five further reductions of one-sixth each shall be made on 1 January 1994, 1 January 1995, 1 January 1996, 1 January 1997 and 1 January 1998.
13.02 | Vegetable saps and extracts; pectic substances, pectinates and pectates; agar-agar and other mucilages and thickeners, whether or not modified, derived from vegetable products:
20 | – Pectic substances, pectinates and pectates:
ex 20 | – Containing less than 5% by weight of added sugar
2.
The Contracting Parties shall reduce progressively in accordance with the following timetable customs duties on imports and other fixed amounts on the product indicated below:
1. on 1 January 1993 each duty shall be reduced to 90% of the basic duty;
2. four further reductions of 10% each shall be made on 1 January 1994, 1 January 1995, 1 January 1996 and 1 January 1997.
17.02 | Other sugars, including chemically pure lactose, maltose, glucose and fructose, in solid form; sugar syrups not containing added flavouring or colouring matter; artificial honey, whether or not mixed with natural honey; caramel:
90 | – Other, including invert sugar;
ex 90 | – – Chemically pure maltose.
Article 3
1.
The basic duties to which the successive reductions provided for in Articles 1 and 2 are to be applied shall, for each product, be the duties actually applied by a Contracting Party on 1 January 1992 to products coming from the other Contracting Parties. If, after 1 January 1992, any tariff reductions resulting from the multilateral trade negotiations of the Uruguay Round become applicable, such reduced duties shall be used as the basic duties.
2.
The reduced duties shall be applied by rounding down to the first decimal place by deleting the second decimal.
Article 4
1.
With regard to Finland, the provisions of Article 9 of the Protocol shall not apply to the products falling within HS heading Nos 15.17 and 20.07.
2.
With regard to Norway, the provisions of Article 9 of the Protocol shall not apply to the products falling within HS heading Nos 20.07, 20.08 and 21.04.
Article 5
1.
With regard to Iceland, the provisions of the Protocol shall not apply to the following products:
21.05 | Ice cream and other edible ice, whether or not containing cocoa
21.06 | Food preparations not elsewhere specified or included:
90 | – Other:
ex 90 | – – Preparations consisting mainly of fat and water, containing more than 15% by weight of butter or other milkfat
This temporary arrangement shall be taken up for a review by the Contracting Parties before the end of 1998.
2.
With regard to Iceland the limitation, foreseen in Article 9 of the Protocol, of price compensation amounts levied on imports shall not apply to Iceland for products falling within HS heading Nos 04.03, 15.17, 18.06, 19.01, 19.02, 19.05, 20.07, 21.03 and 21.04.
However, the amounts of import charges levied at the border shall not in any case exceed the level applied by Iceland in 1991 to imports coming from any Contracting Party.
Article 6
1.
With regard to Austria, Article 16 of the Agreement shall be applicable to products falling within HS heading No 22.08 at the latest from 1 January 1996. The licensing system applied by Austria to these products shall, however, be liberalized and licences granted automatically from 1 January 1993.
Austria shall progressively eliminate during the period 1 January 1993 to 1 January 1996, in accordance with the following timetable, the customs duties levied at the border on spirituous beverages and unde-natured ethyl alcohol of an alcoholic strength by volume of less than 80% vol., falling within HS heading No 22.08:
1. on 1 January 1993 the customs duty actually applied on 1 January 1991 shall be reduced by 15%,
2. a further reduction of 15% shall be made on 1 January 1994,
3. a further reduction of 30% shall be made on 1 January 1995, and
4. a final reduction of 40% shall be made on 1 January 1996.
The reduced duties shall be applied by rounding down to the first decimal place by deleting the second decimal.
Notwithstanding the above, Austria will, taking into account the tariff concessions granted to the European Community in the trade arrangement for certain agricultural products originating in the Community, abolish as from 1 January 1993 import duties on the following products:
2208 | ex 30 | Irish whiskey
40 | Rum and tafia
ex 90 | Irish cream liqueurs and ouzo
2.
As regards other duties and taxes imposed on spirituous beverages falling within HS heading No 22.08 Austria will comply with the provisions of Article 14 of the Agreement.
3.
1. Austria shall apply the provisions of the Agreement to the following products at the latest from 1 January 1997:
3505 | Dextrins and other modified starches (for example, pregelatinized or esterified starches); glues based on starches, or on dextrins or other modified starches:
| 10 | – Dextrins and other modified starches:
| ex 10 | – – Other than starches, esterified or etherified
| 20 | – Glues
3809 | Finishing agents, dye carriers to accelerate the dyeing or fixing of dyestuffs and other products and preparations (for example, dressings and mordants), of a kind used in the textile, paper, leather or like industries, not elsewhere specified or included:
| 10 | – With a basis of amylaceous substances
| | – – Other:
| ex 91 | – – Of a kind used in the textile industry:
| | – Containing starch or products derived from starch
| ex 92 | – – Of a kind used in the paper industry:
| | – Containing starch or products derived from starch
| ex 99 | – – Other:
| | – Containing starch or products derived from starch
3823 | Prepared binders for foundry moulds or cores; chemical products and preparations of the chemical or allied industries (including those consisting of mixtures of natural products), not elsewhere specified or included; residual products of the chemical or allied industries, not elsewhere specified or included:
| 10 | – Prepared binders for foundry moulds or cores:
| ex 10 | – – Based on starch or dextrin starch
| 90 | – Other:
| ex 90 | – – With a total content of sugar, starch, products derived from starch or goods of heading Nos 0401 to 0404 of 30% by weight or more
2. As long as Austria does not apply the provisions of the Agreement for the above-listed products, the provisions of the Free Trade Agreement between the EEC and Austria concerning bilateral trade in this sector, including the rules of origin of Protocol No 3 and all other relevant provisions, shall continue to be applicable. Under the same conditions, for trade between Austria and the other EFTA States in the above-listed products, Article 21 of, and Annex B to the EFTA Convention as well as all other relevant provisions shall continue to be applicable.
APPENDIX 2

List of raw materials subject to price compensation referred to in Article 3(3)
APPENDIX 3

Procedure for the amendment of the list of raw materials subject to price compensation referred to in Article 3(3) and Appendix 2
APPENDIX 4

Rules concerning the declarations to be used and procedures for their submission referred to in Article 4(2)
APPENDIX 5

Details of the verification procedure of the declaration referred to in Article 5(2)
APPENDIX 6

Details of the reference prices to be used, the notification system and the procedures for the confirmation of the reference prices referred to in Article 6(3)
APPENDIX 7

List of coefficients to be applied and referred to in Article 7(2).
TABLE I
HS heading Nos 0711, 2001, 2004: Sweet corn mentioned under these headings does not include mixtures of sweet corn and other products of these headings.
HS heading No | Description of goods
0403 | Buttermilk, curdled milk and cream, yoghurt, kephir and other fermented or acidified milk and cream, whether or not concentrated or containing added sugar or other sweetening matter or flavoured or containing added fruit, nuts or cocoa:
10 | – Yoghurt:
ex 10 | – – Flavoured or containing added fruit, nuts or cocoa
90 | – Other:
ex 90 | – – Flavoured or containing added fruit, nuts or cocoa
0710 | Vegetables (uncooked or cooked by steaming or boiling in water), frozen:
40 | – Sweet corn (Zea mays var. saccharata)
0711 | Vegetables provisionally preserved (for example, by sulphur dioxide gas, in brine, in sulphur water or in other preservative solutions), but unsuitable in that state for immediate consumption:
90 | – Other vegetables; mixtures of vegetables:
ex 90 | – – Sweet corn (Zea mays var. saccharata)
1302 | Vegetable saps and extracts; pectic substances, pectinates and pectates; agar-agar and other mucilages and thickeners, whether or not modified, derived from vegetable products:
20 | – Pectic substances, pectinates and pectates:
ex 20 | – – Containing 5% or more by weight of added sugar
1517 | Margarine; edible mixtures or preparations of animal or vegetable fats or oils or of fractions of different fats or oils of this Chapter, other than edible fats or oils or their fractions of heading No 1516:
10 | – Margarine, excluding liquid margarine:
ex 10 | – – Containing more than 10% but not more than 15% by weight of milkfats
90 | – Other:
ex 90 | – – Containing more than 10% but not more than 15% by weight of milkfats
1702 | Other sugars, including chemically pure lactose, maltose, glucose and fructose, in solid form; sugar syrups not containing added flavouring or colouring matter; artificial honey, whether or not mixed with natural honey; caramel:
50 | – Chemically pure fructose
1704 | Sugar confectionery (including white chocolate), not containing cocoa
1806 | Chocolate and other food preparations containing cocoa
1901 | Malt extract; food preparations of flour, meal, starch or malt extract, not containing cocoa powder or containing cocoa powder in a proportion by weight of less than 50%, not elsewhere specified or included; food preparations of goods of heading Nos 0401 to 0404, not containing cocoa powder or containing cocoa powder in a proportion by weight of less than 10%, not elsewhere specified or included
1902 | Pasta, whether or not cooked or stuffed (with meat or other substances) or otherwise prepared, such as spaghetti, macaroni, noodles, lasagne, gnocchi, ravioli, cannelloni; couscous, whether or not prepared;
– Uncooked pasta, not stuffed or otherwise prepared;
11 | – – Containing eggs
19 | – – Other
20 | – Stuffed pasta, whether or not cooked or otherwise prepared:
ex 20 | – – Other than products containing more than 20% by weight of sausage, meat, meat offal or blood, or any combination thereof
30 | – Other pasta
40 | – Couscous
1903 | Tapioca and substitutes therefor prepared from starch, in the form of flakes, grains, pearls, siftings or in similar forms
1904 | Prepared foods obtained by the swelling or roasting of cereals or cereal products (for example, corn flakes); cereals, other than maize corn, in grain form, pre-cooked or otherwise prepared
1905 | Bread, pastry, cakes, biscuits and other bakers' wares, whether or not containing cocoa; communion wafers, empty cachets of a kind suitable for pharmaceutical use, sealing wafers, rice paper and similar products
2001 | Vegetables, fruit, nuts and other edible parts of plants, prepared or preserved by vinegar or acetic acid;
90 | – Other:
ex 90 | – – Sweet corn (Zea mays var. saccharata); yams, sweet potatoes and similar edible parts of plants containing 5% or more by weight of starch
2004 | Other vegetables prepared or preserved otherwise than by vinegar or acetic acid, frozen:
10 | – Potatoes:
ex 10 | – – In the form of flour, meal or flakes
90 | – Other vegetables and mixtures of vegetables:
ex 90 | – – Sweet corn (Zea mays var. saccharata)
2005 | Other vegetables prepared or preserved otherwise than by vinegar or acetic acid, not frozen:
20 | – Potatoes:
ex 20 | – – In the form of flour, meal or flakes
80 | – Sweet corn (Zea mays var. saccharata)
2007 | Jams, fruit jellies, marmalades, fruit or nut puree and fruit or nut pastes, being cooked preparations, whether or not containing added sugar or other sweetening matter
2008 | Fruit, nuts and other edible parts of plants, otherwise prepared or preserved, whether or not containing added sugar or other sweetening matter or spirit, not elsewhere specified or included:
– Nuts, ground-nuts and other seeds, whether or not mixed together:
11 | – – Ground-nuts:
ex 11 | – – – Peanut butter
– Other, including mixtures other than those of subheading No 2008 19:
92 | – – Mixtures:
ex 92 | – – – Based on cereals
99 | – – Other:
ex 99 | – – – Maize (corn), other than sweet corn (Zea mays var. saccharata)
2101 | Extracts, essences and concentrates, of coffee, tea or maté and preparations with a basis of these products or with a basis of coffee, tea or maté; roasted chicory and other roasted coffee substitutes, and extracts, essences and concentrates thereof:
10 | – Extracts, essences and concentrates, of coffee, and preparations with a basis of these extracts, essences or concentrates or with a basis of coffee:
ex 10 | – – Containing by weight 1.5% or more milkfat, 2.5% or more milk proteins, 5% or more sugar or 5% or more starch
20 | – Extracts, essences and concentrates, of tea or maté, and preparations with a basis of these extracts, essences or concentrates, or with a basis of tea or maté:
ex 20 | – – Containing by weight 1,5% or more milkfat, 2.5% or more milk proteins, 5% or more sugar or 5% or more starch
30 | – Roasted chicory and other roasted coffee substitutes, and extracts, essences and concentrates thereof:
ex 30 | – – Other roasted coffee substitutes than roasted chicory; extracts, essences and concentrates of other roasted coffee substitutes than roasted chicory
2102 | Yeasts (active or inactive); other single-cell micro-organisms, dead (but not including vaccines of heading No 3002); prepared baking powders:
10 | – Active yeasts:
ex 10 | – – Other than bakers' yeast, excluding those for animal feeding
20 | – Inactive yeasts; other single-cell micro-organisms, dead:
ex 20 | – – Other than those for animal feeding
30 | – Prepared baking powders
2103 | Sauces and preparations therefor; mixed condiments and mixed seasonings; mustard flour and meal and prepared mustard:
20 | – Tomato ketchup and other tomato sauces
30 | – Mustard flour and meal and prepared mustard:
ex 30 | – – Prepared mustard containing 5% or more by weight of added sugar
90 | – Other:
ex 90 | – – Other than mango chutney, liquid
2104 | Soups and broths and preparations therefor; homogenized composite food preparations
2105 | Ice cream and other edible ice, whether or not containing cocoa
2106 | Food preparations not elsewhere specified or included:
ex 2106 | – Other than flavoured or coloured sugar syrups
2203 | Beer made from malt
2205 | Vermouth and other wine of fresh grapes flavoured with plants or aromatic substances
2208 | Undenatured ethyl alcohol of an alcoholic strength by volume of less than 80% vol.; spirits, liqueurs and other spirituous beverages; compound alcoholic preparations of a kind used for the manufacture of beverages:
50 | – Gin and geneva
90 | – Other:
ex 90 | – – Liqueurs containing more than 5% by weight of added sugar; vodka and aquavit
2209 | Vinegar and substitutes for vinegar obtained from acetic acid
29.5 | Acyclic alcohols and their halogenated, sulphonated, nitrated or nitrosated derivatives:
– Other polyhydric alcohols:
43 | – – Mannitol
44 | – – D-glucitol (sorbitol)
3505 | Dextrins and other modified starches (for example, pregelatinized or esterified starches); glues based on starches, or on dextrins or other modified starches:
ex 3505 | – Other than starches, esterified or etherified (ex 10)
3809 | Finishing agents, dye carriers to accelerate the dyeing or fixing of dyestuffs and other products and preparations (for example, dressings and mordants), of a kind used in the textile, paper, leather or like industries, not elsewhere specified or included:
10 | – With a basis of amylaceous substances
3823 | Prepared binders for foundry moulds or cores; chemical products and preparations of the chemical or allied industries (including those consisting of mixture of natural products), not elsewhere specified or included; residual products of the chemical or allied industries, not elsewhere specified or included:
60 | – Sorbitol other than that of subheading No 2905 44
TABLE II
HS heading No | Description of goods
0901 | Coffee, whether or not roasted or decaffeinated; coffee husks and skins; coffee substitutes containing coffee in any proportion
0902 | Tea
1302 | Vegetable saps and extracts, pectic substances, pectinates and pectates; agar-agar and other mucilages and thickeners, whether or not modified, derived from vegetable products:
– Vegetable saps and extracts:
12 | – – Of liquorice
13 | – – Of hops
20 | – Pectic substances, pectinates and pectates:
ex 20 | – – Containing less than 5% by weight of added sugar
– Mucilages and thickeners, whether or not modified, derived from vegetable products:
31 | – – Agar-agar
32 | – – Mucilages and thickeners, whether or not modified, derived from locust beans, locust bean seeds or guar seeds
39 | – – Other
1404 | Vegetable products not elsewhere specified or included:
20 | – Cotton linters
1516 | Animal or vegetable fats and oils and their fractions, partly or wholly hydrogenated, inter-esterified, re-esterified or elaidinized, whether or not refined, but not further prepared:
20 | – Vegetable fats and oils and their fractions:
ex 20 | – – Hydrogenated caster oil, so called ‘opal-wax’
1518 | Animal or vegetable fats and oils and their fractions, boiled, oxidized, dehydrated, sulphurized, blown, polymerized by heat in vacuum or in inert gas or otherwise chemically modified, excluding those of heading No 1516; inedible mixtures or preparations of animal or vegetable fats or oils or of fractions of different fats or oils of this Chapter, not elsewhere specified or included:
ex 1518 | – Linoxyn
1519 | Industrial monocarboxylic fatty acids; acid oils from refining; industrial fatty alcohols:
ex 1519 | – Other than those for animal feeding
1520 | Glycerol (glycerine), whether or not pure; glycerol waters and glycerol lyes
1521 | Vegetable waxes (other than triglycerides), beeswax, other insect waxes and spermaceti, whether or not refined or coloured
1522 | Degras; residues resulting from the treatment of fatty substances or animal or vegetable waxes
1702 | Other sugars, including chemically pure lactose, maltose, glucose and fructose, in solid form; sugar syrups not containing added flavouring or colouring matter; artificial honey, whether or not mixed with natural honey; caramel:
90 | – Other, including invert sugar:
ex 90 | – – Chemically pure maltose
1803 | Cocoa paste, whether or not defatted
1804 | Cocoa butter, fat and oil
1805 | Cocoa powder, not containing added sugar or other sweetening matter
2002 | Tomatoes prepared or preserved otherwise than by vinegar or acetic acid:
90 | – Other than whole or in pieces
2008 | Fruit, nuts and other edible parts of plants, otherwise prepared or preserved, whether or not containing added sugar or other sweetening matter or spirit, not elsewhere specified or included:
– Other, including mixtures other than those of subheading No 2008 19:
91 | – – Palm hearts
2101 | Extracts, essences and concentrates, of coffee, tea or mat6 and preparations with a basis of these products or with a basis of coffee, tea or mate; roasted chicory and other roasted coffee substitutes, and extracts, essences and concentrates thereof:
10 | – Extracts, essences and concentrates, of coffee, and preparations with a basis of these extracts, essences or concentrates or with a basis of coffee:
ex 10 | – – Containing no milkfats, milk proteins, sugar or starch or containing by weight less than 1.5% milkfat, 2.5% milk proteins, 5% sugar or 5% starch
20 | – Extracts, essences and concentrates, of tea or mate, and preparations with a basis of these extracts, essences or concentrates or with a basis of tea or mate
ex 20 | – – Containing no milkfats, milk proteins, sugar or starch or containing by weight less than 1.5% milkfat, 2.5% milk proteins, 5% sugar or 5% starch
30 | – Roasted chicory and other roasted coffee substitutes, and extracts, essences and concentrates thereof:
ex 30 | – – Roasted chicory; extracts, essences and concentrates of roasted chicory
2103 | Sauces and preparations therefor; mixed condiments and mixed seasonings; mustard flour and meal and prepared mustard:
10 | – Soya sauce
30 | – Mustard flour and meal and prepared mustard:
ex 30 | – – Mustard flour and meal; prepared mustard containing less than 5% by weight of added sugar
90 | – Other:
ex 90 | – – Mango chutney, liquid
2201 | Waters, including natural or artificial mineral waters and aerated waters, not containing added sugar or other sweetening matter nor flavoured; ice and snow
2208 | Undenatured ethyl alcohol of an alcoholic strength by volume of less than 80% vol.; spirits, liqueurs and other spirituous beverages; compound alcoholic preparations of a kind used for the manufacture of beverages:
20 | – Spirits obtained by distilling grape wine or grape marc
30 | – Whiskies
40 | – Rum and tafia
90 | – Other:
ex 90 | – – Other than liqueurs containing more than 5% by weight of added sugar, vodka and aquavit
PROTOCOL 4
on rules of origin
TITLE I

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Definitions
Article 1
For the purposes of this Protocol:
1. ‘manufacture’ means any kind of working or processing including assembly or specific operations;
2. ‘material’ means any ingredient, raw material, component or part, etc., used in the manufacture of the product;
3. ‘product’ means the product being manufactured, even if it is intended for later use in another manufacturing operation;
4. ‘goods’ means both materials and products;
5. ‘customs value’ means the value as determined in accordance with the Agreement on implementation of Article VII of the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade, done at Geneva on 12 April 1979;
6. ‘ex-works price’ means the price paid for the product ex works to the manufacturer in the EEA in whose undertaking the last working or processing is carried out or to the person in the EEA who arranged for the last working or processing to be carried out outside the EEA, provided the price includes the value of all the materials used, minus any internal taxes which are, or may be, repaid when the product obtained is exported;
7. ‘value of materials’ means the customs value at the time of importation of the non-originating materials used, or, if this is not known and cannot be ascertained, the first ascertainable price paid for the materials in the EEA;
8. ‘value of originating materials’ means the value of such materials as defined in subparagraph (g) applied mutatis mutandis;
9. ‘chapters’ and ‘headings’ means the chapters and the headings (four-digit codes) used in the nomenclature which makes up the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System, referred to in this Protocol as ‘the Harmonized System’ or ‘HS’;
10. ‘classified’ refers to the classification of a product or material under a particular heading;
11. ‘consignment’ means products which are either sent simultaneously from one exporter to one consignee or covered by a single transport document covering their shipment from the exporter to the consignee or, in the absence of such a document, by a single invoice.
TITLE II

DEFINITION OF THE CONCEPT OF ‘ORIGINATING PRODUCTS’

Origin criteria
Article 2
1.
A product shall be considered to be originating in the EEA within the meaning of this Agreement if it has been either wholly obtained or sufficiently worked or processed in the EEA. For this purpose, the territories of the Contracting Parties, including the territorial waters, to which this Agreement applies, shall be considered as a single territory.
2.
Notwithstanding paragraph 1, the territory of the Republic of Austria shall, until 1 January 1997, be excluded from that of the EEA for the purpose of determining the origin of the products referred to in Appendix VIII and such products shall only be considered to be originating in the EEA if they have been either wholly obtained or sufficiently worked or processed in the territories of the other Contracting Parties.
3.
The products referred to in Appendix VII shall be temporarily excluded from the scope of application of this Protocol. Nevertheless, the provisions in Titles IV to VI shall apply mutatis mutandis to these products.

Wholly obtained products
Article 3
1.
The following shall be considered as wholly obtained in the EEA:
1. mineral products extracted from its soil or from its seabed;
2. vegetable products harvested therein;
3. live animals born and raised therein;
4. products from live animals raised therein;
5. products obtained by hunting or fishing conducted therein;
6. products of sea fishing and other products taken from the sea outside the territorial waters of the Contracting Parties by their vessels;
7. products made aboard factory ships of the Contracting Parties exclusively from products referred to in subparagraph (f);
8. used articles collected there fit only for the recovery of raw materials, including used tyres fit only for retreading or for use as waste;
9. waste and scrap resulting from manufacturing operations conducted therein;
10. goods produced there exclusively from the products specified in subparagraphs (a) to (i).
2.
The terms ‘their vessels’ and ‘factory ships of the Contracting Parties’ in paragraphs 1(f) and (g) shall apply only to vessels and factory ships:
1. which are registered or recorded in an EC Member State or an EFTA State;
2. which sail under the flag of an EC Member State or an EFTA State;
3. which are owned to an extent of at least 50 per cent by nationals of EC Member States or EFTA States, or by a company with its head office in one of these States, of which the manager or managers, chairman of the board of directors or the supervisory board, and the majority of the members of such boards are nationals of EC Member States or EFTA States and of which, in addition, in the case of partnerships or limited companies, at least half the capital belongs to those States or to public bodies or nationals of the said States;
4. of which the master and officers are nationals of EC Member States or EFTA States; and
5. of which at least 75 per cent of the crew are nationals of EC Member States or EFTA States.

Sufficiently worked or processed products
Article 4
1.
For the purposes of Article 2, products which are not wholly obtained in the EEA are considered to be sufficiently worked or processed there when the conditions set out in the list in Appendix II are fulfilled.
These conditions indicate, for all products covered by the Agreement, the working or processing which must be carried out on the non-originating materials used in the manufacture of these products, and apply only in relation to such materials. Accordingly, it follows that if a product, which has acquired originating status by fulfilling the conditions set out in the list for that product, is used in the manufacture of another product, the conditions applicable to the product in which it is incorporated do not apply to it, and no account shall be taken of the non-originating materials which may have been used in its manufacture.
2.
Notwithstanding paragraph 1 and except as provided in Article 11(4), non-originating materials which, according to the conditions set out in the list for a given product, should not be used in the manufacture of this product may nevertheless be used, provided that:
1. their total value does not exceed 10 per cent of the ex-works price of the product;
2. where, in the list, one or several percentages are given for the maximum value of non-originating materials, such percentages are not exceeded through the application of this paragraph.
This paragraph shall not apply to products falling within Chapters 50 to 63 of the Harmonized System.
3.
Paragraphs 1 and 2 shall apply except as provided in Article 5.

Insufficient working or processing operations
Article 5
1.
The following operations shall be considered as insufficient working or processing to confer the status of originating products, whether or not the requirements of Article 4 are satisfied:
1. operations to ensure the preservation of products in good condition during transport and storage (ventilation, spreading out, drying, chilling, placing in salt, sulphur dioxide or other aqueous solutions, removal of damaged parts, and like operations);
2. simple operations consisting of removal of dust, sifting or screening, sorting, classifying, matching (including the making-up of sets of articles), washing, painting, cutting up;
3.
  1. changes of packaging and breaking up and assembly of packages;
  2. simple placing in bottles, flasks, bags, cases, boxes, fixing on cards or boards, etc., and all other simple packaging operations;
4. affixing marks, labels and other like distinguishing signs on products or their packaging;
5. simple mixing of products, whether or not of different kinds, where one or more components of the mixtures do not meet the conditions laid down in this Protocol to enable them to be considered as originating in the EEA;
6. simple assembly of parts to constitute a complete product;
7. a combination of two or more operations specified in subparagraphs (a) to (f);
8. slaughter of animals.
2.
All the operations carried out in the EEA on a given product shall be considered together when determining whether the working or processing undergone by that product is to be regarded as insufficient within the meaning of paragraph 1.

Unit of qualification
Article 6
1.
The unit of qualification for the application of the provisions of this Protocol shall be the particular product which is considered as the basic unit when determining classification using the nomenclature of the Harmonized System.
Accordingly, it follows that:
1. when a product composed of a group or assembly of articles is classified under the terms of the Harmonized System in a single heading, the whole constitutes the unit of qualification;
2. when a consignment consists of a number of identical products classified under the same heading of the Harmonized System, each product must be taken individually when applying the provisions of this Protocol.
2.
Where, under general rule 5 of the Harmonized System, packaging is included with the product for classification purposes, it shall be included for the purposes of determining origin.

Accessories, spare parts and tools
Article 7
Accessories, spare parts and tools dispatched with a piece of equipment, machine, apparatus or vehicle, which are part of the normal equipment and included in the price thereof or which are not separately invoiced, shall be regarded as one with the piece of equipment, machine, apparatus or vehicle in question.

Sets
Article 8
Sets, as defined in general rule 3 of the Harmonized System, shall be regarded as originating when all component products are originating. Nevertheless, when a set is composed of originating and non-originating products, the set as a whole shall be regarded as originating, provided that the value of the non-originating products does not exceed 15 per cent of the ex-works price of the set.

Neutral elements
Article 9
In order to determine whether a product originates in the EEA, it shall not be necessary to establish whether the energy, plant and equipment as well as machines and tools used to obtain such product, or whether any goods, used in the course of production which do not enter and which were not intended to enter into the final composition of the product, are originating or not.
TITLE III

TERRITORIAL REQUIREMENTS

Principle of territoriality
Article 10
The conditions set out in Title II relative to the acquisition of originating status must be fulfilled without interruption in the EEA. For this purpose, the acquisition of originating status shall be considered as interrupted when goods which have undergone working or processing in the EEA have left the EEA whether or not operations have been carried out outside this territory, except as provided in Articles 11 and 12.

Working or processing carried out outside the EEA
Article 11
1.
The acquisition of originating status under the conditions set out in Title II shall not be affected by working or processing carried out outside the EEA on materials exported from the EEA and subsequently reimported there, provided that:
1. the said materials are wholly obtained in the EEA or have undergone there working or processing going beyond the insufficient operations listed in Article 5 prior to their exportation outside the EEA; and
2. it can be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the customs authorities that:
  1. the reimported goods result from the working or processing of the exported materials; and
  2. the total added value acquired outside the EEA through the application of this Article does not exceed 10 per cent of the ex-works price of the final product for which originating status is claimed.
2.
For the purposes of paragraph 1, the conditions set out in Title II relative to the acquisition of originating status shall not apply in respect of working or processing carried out outside the EEA. Nevertheless, where, in the list in Appendix II, a rule giving the maximum value of all the non-originating materials used is applied in determining the originating status of the final product concerned, the total value of the non-originating materials used in the EEA and the total added value acquired outside the EEA through the application of this Article taken together shall not exceed the percentage given.
3.
For the purposes of paragraphs 1 and 2, ‘total added value’ shall mean all costs accumulated outside the EEA, including all the value of the materials added there.
4.
Paragraphs 1 and 2 shall not apply to products which do not fulfil the conditions set out in the list in Appendix II and which can only be considered as sufficiently worked or processed as a result of the application of the general tolerance in Article 4(2).
5.
Paragraphs 1 and 2 shall not apply to products falling within Chapters 50 to 63 of the Harmonized System.

Reimportation of goods
Article 12
Goods exported from one of the Contracting Parties to a third country and subsequently returned, shall be considered as never having left the EEA if it can be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the customs authorities that:
1. the goods returned are the same goods as those exported; and
2. they have not undergone any operation beyond that necessary to preserve them in good condition while in that country or while being exported.

Direct transport
Article 13
1.
The preferential treatment provided for under the Agreement applies only to products, satisfying the requirements of this Protocol, which are transported within the EEA. However, products constituting one single consignment may be transported through territories other than that of the EEA, with, should the occasion arise, trans-shipment or temporary warehousing in such territories, provided that the products have remained under the surveillance of the customs authorities in the country of transit or of warehousing and that they have not undergone operations other than unloading, reloading or any operation designed to preserve them in good condition.
2.
Evidence that the conditions set out in paragraph 1 have been fulfilled shall be supplied to the customs authorities of the importing country by the production of:
1. a through bill of lading issued in the exporting country covering the passage through the country of transit; or
2. a certificate issued by the customs authorities of the country of transit:
  1. giving an exact description of the products;
  2. stating the dates of unloading and reloading of the products and, where applicable, the names of the ships used; and
  3. certifying the conditions under which the products remained in the transit country; or
3. failing these, any substantiating documents.

Exhibitions
Article 14
1.
Products sent from one of the Contracting Parties for exhibition in a third country and sold after the exhibition for importation in another Contracting Party shall benefit on importation from the provisions of the Agreement on condition that the products meet the requirements of this Protocol entitling them to be recognized as originating in the EEA and provided that it is shown to the satisfaction of the customs authorities that:
1. an exporter has consigned these products from one of the Contracting Parties to the country in which the exhibition is held and has exhibited them there;
2. the products have been sold or otherwise disposed of by that exporter to a person in another Contracting Party;
3. the products have been consigned during the exhibition or immediately thereafter to the latter Contracting Party in the state in which they were sent for exhibition; and
4. the products have not, since they were consigned for exhibition, been used for any purpose other than demonstration at the exhibition.
2.
A proof of origin must be issued or made out in accordance with the provisions of Title V and submitted to the customs authorities of the importing country in the normal manner. The name and address of the exhibition must be indicated thereon. Where necessary, additional documentary evidence of the nature of the products and the conditions under which they have been exhibited may be required.
3.
Paragraph 1 shall apply to any trade, industrial, agricultural or crafts exhibition, fair or similar public show or display which is not organized for private purposes in shops or business premises with a view to the sale of foreign products, and during which the products remain under customs control.
TITLE IV

DRAWBACK OR EXEMPTION

Prohibition of drawback of, or exemption from, customs duties
Article 15
1.
Non-originating materials used in the manufacture of products originating in the EEA within the meaning of this Protocol for which a proof of origin is issued or made out in accordance with the provisions of Title V shall not be subject in any of the Contracting Parties to drawback of, or exemption from, customs duties of whatever kind.
2.
The prohibition in paragraph 1 shall apply to any arrangement for refund, remission or non-payment, partial or complete, of customs duties or charges having an equivalent effect, applicable in any of the Contracting Parties to materials used in the manufacture, where such refund, remission or non-payment applies, expressly or in effect, when products obtained from the said materials are exported and not when they are retained for home use in this Contracting Party.
3.
The exporter of products covered by a proof of origin shall be prepared to submit at any time, upon request from the customs authorities, all appropriate documents proving that no drawback has been obtained in respect of the non-originating materials used in the manufacture of the products concerned and that all customs duties or charges having equivalent effect applicable to such materials have actually been paid.
4.
The provisions of paragraphs 1 to 3 shall also apply in respect of packaging within the meaning of Article 6(2), accessories, spare parts and tools within the meaning of Article 7 and products in a set within the meaning of Article 8 when such items are non-originating.
5.
The provisions of paragraphs 1 to 4 shall apply only in respect of materials which are of the kind to which the Agreement applies. Furthermore, they shall not preclude the application by the Contracting Parties of price compensation measures for agricultural products applicable upon export in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement.
TITLE V

PROOF OF ORIGIN

General requirements
Article 16
1.
Originating products within the meaning of this Protocol shall, on importation into one of the Contracting Parties, benefit from the Agreement upon submission of either:
1. a movement certificate EUR.1, a specimen of which appears in Appendix III; or
2. in the cases specified in Article 21(1), a declaration, the text of which appears in Appendix IV, given by the exporter on an invoice, a delivery note or any other commercial document which describes the products concerned in sufficient detail to enable them to be identified (hereinafter referred to as the ‘invoice declaration’).
2.
Notwithstanding paragraph 1, originating products within the meaning of this Protocol shall, in the cases specified in Article 26, benefit from the Agreement without it being necessary to submit any of the documents referred to above.

Procedure for the issue of a movement certificate EUR.1
Article 17
1.
A movement certificate EUR.1 shall be issued by the customs authorities of the exporting country on application having been made in writing by the exporter or, under the exporter's responsibility, by his authorized representative.
2.
For this purpose, the exporter or his authorized representative shall fill out both the movement certificate EUR.1 and the application form, specimens of which appear in Appendix III.
These forms shall be completed in one of the languages in which the Agreement is drawn up, in accordance with the provisions of the domestic law of the exporting country. If they are handwritten, they shall be completed in ink in printed characters. The description of the products must be given in the box reserved for this purpose without leaving any blank lines. Where the box is not completely filled a horizontal line must be drawn below the last line of the description, the empty space being crossed through.
3.
The exporter applying for the issue of a movement certificate EUR.1 shall be prepared to submit at any time, at the request of the customs authorities of the exporting country where the movement certificate EUR.1 is issued, all appropriate documents proving the originating status of the products concerned as well as the fulfilment of the other requirements of this Protocol.
4.
A movement certificate EUR.1 shall be issued by the customs authorities of an EC Member State or an EFTA State if the products concerned can be considered as products originating in the EEA and fulfil the other requirements of this Protocol.
5.
The issuing customs authorities shall take any steps necessary to verify the originating status of the products and the fulfilment of the other requirements of this Protocol. For this purpose, they shall have the right to call for any evidence and to carry out any inspection of the exporter's accounts or any other check which they consider appropriate.
The issuing customs authorities shall also ensure that the forms referred to in paragraph 2 are duly completed. In particular, they shall check whether the space reserved for the description of the products has been completed in such a manner as to exclude all possibility of fraudulent additions.
6.
The date of issue of the movement certificate EUR.1 shall be indicated in the part of the certificate reserved for the customs authorities.
7.
A movement certificate EUR.1 shall be issued by the customs authorities of the exporting country when the products to which it relates are exported. It shall be made available to the exporter as soon as actual exportation has been effected or ensured.

Movement certificates EUR.1 issued retrospectively
Article 18
1.
Notwithstanding Article 17(7), a movement certificate EUR.1 may exceptionally be issued after exportation of the products to which it relates if:
1. it was not issued at the time of exportation because of errors or involuntary omissions or special circumstances; or
2. it is demonstrated to the satisfaction of the customs authorities that a movement certificate EUR.1 was issued but was not accepted at importation for technical reasons.
2.
For the implementation of paragraph 1, the exporter must indicate in his application the place and date of exportation of the products to which the movement certificate EUR.1 relates, and state the reasons for his request.
3.
The customs authorities may issue a movement certificate EUR.1 retrospectively only after verifying that the information supplied in the exporter's application agrees with that in the corresponding file.
4.
Movement certificates EUR.1 issued retrospectively must be endorsed with one of the following phrases:
‘EXPEDIDO A POSTERIORI’, ‘UDSTEDT EFTER-F0LGENDE’, ‘NACHTRÄGLICH AUSGESTELLT’, ‘ΕΚΔΟΘΕΝ ΕΚ ΤΩΝ ΥΣΤΕΡΩΝ’, ‘ISSUED RETROSPECTIVELY’, ‘DÉLIVRÉ A POSTERIORI’, ‘RILASCIATO A POSTERIORI’, ‘AFGEGEVEN A POSTERIORI’, ‘EMITIDO A POSTERIORI’, ‘ŰTGEFID EFTIR Á’, ‘UTSTEDT SENERE’, ‘ANNETTU JÄLKIKÄTEEN’, ‘UTFÄRDAT I EFTERHAND’.
5.
The endorsement referred to in paragraph 4 shall be inserted in the ‘Remarks’ box of the movement certificate EUR.1.

Issue of a duplicate movement certificate EUR.1
Article 19
1.
In the event of theft, loss or destruction of a movement certificate EUR.1, the exporter may apply to the customs authorities which issued it for a duplicate made out on the basis of the export documents in their possession.
2.
The duplicate issued in this way must be endorsed with one of the following words:
‘DUPLICADO’, ‘DUPLIKAT’, ‘DUPLIKAT’, ‘ΑΝΤΙΓΡΑΦΟ’, ‘DUPLICATE’, ‘DUPLICATE’, ‘DUPLICATO’, ‘DUPLICAAT’, ‘SEGUNDA VIA’, ‘EFTIRRIT’, ‘DUPLIKAT’, ‘KAKSOISKAPPALE’, ‘DUPLIKAT’.
3.
The endorsement referred to in paragraph 2 shall be inserted in the ‘Remarks’ box of the duplicate movement certificate EUR.1.
4.
The duplicate, which must bear the date of issue of the original movement certificate EUR.1, shall take effect as from that date.

Issue of movement certificates EUR.1 on the basis of proof of origin issued or made out previously
Article 20
When products constituting a single consignment covered by a movement certificate EUR.1 or an invoice declaration are placed under the control of a customs office in an EC Member State or an EFTA State, it shall be possible to replace the original proof of origin by one or more movement certificates EUR.1 issued by this customs office for the purpose of sending all or some of these products to other customs offices whether or not located in the same EC Member State or EFTA State.

Conditions for making out an invoice declaration
Article 21
1.
An invoice declaration as referred to in Article 16(l)(b) may be made out:
1. by an approved exporter within the meaning of Article 22;
2. by any exporter for any consignment consisting of one or more packages containing originating products whose total value does not exceed ECU 6 000.
2.
An invoice declaration may be made out if the products concerned can be considered as products originating in the EEA and fulfil the other requirements of this Protocol.
3.
The exporter making out an invoice declaration shall be prepared to submit at any time, at the request of the customs authorities of the exporter's country, all appropriate documents proving the originating status of the products concerned as well as the fulfilment of the other requirements of this Protocol.
4.
An invoice declaration shall be made out by the exporter by typing, stamping or printing on the invoice, the delivery note or another commercial document, the declaration, the text of which appears in Appendix IV, using one of the linguistic versions set out in that Appendix in accordance with the provisions of the domestic law of the exporting country. The declaration may also be handwritten; in such a case, it shall be written in ink in printed characters.
5.
Invoice declarations shall bear the original signature of the exporter in manuscript.
However, an approved exporter within the meaning of Article 22 shall not be required to sign such declarations provided that he gives the customs authorities of the exporting country a written undertaking that he accepts full responsibility for any invoice declaration which identifies him as if it had been signed in manuscript by him.
6.
An invoice declaration may be made out by the exporter when the products to which it relates are exported or subsequently. If the invoice declaration is made out after the products to which it relates have been declared to the customs authorities in the importing country, this invoice declaration must bear a reference to the documents already submitted to these authorities.

Approved exporter
Article 22
1.
The customs authorities of the exporting country may authorize any exporter, hereinafter referred to as ‘approved exporter’, who makes frequent shipments of products under the Agreement, and who offers to the satisfaction of the customs authorities all guarantees necessary to verify the originating status of those products as well as the fulfilment of the other requirements of this Protocol, to make out invoice declarations irrespective of the value of the products concerned.
2.
The customs authorities may grant the status of approved exporter subject to any conditions which they consider appropriate.
3.
The customs authorities shall grant to the approved exporter a customs authorization number which shall appear on the invoice declaration,
4.
The customs authorities shall monitor the use of the authorization by the approved exporter.
5.
The customs authorities may withdraw the authorization at any time. They shall do so where the approved exporter no longer offers the guarantees referred to in paragraph 1, does not fulfil the conditions referred to in paragraph 2 or otherwise makes an incorrect use of the authorization.

Validity of proof of origin
Article 23
1.
A movement certificate EUR.1 shall be valid for four months from the date of issue in the exporting country, and must be submitted within the said period to the customs authorities of the importing country.
An invoice declaration shall be valid for four months from the date it was made out by the exporter and must be submitted within the said period to the customs authorities of the importing country.
2.
Movement certificates EUR.1 and invoice declarations which are submitted to the customs authorities of the importing country after the final date for presentation specified in paragraph 1 may be accepted for the purpose of applying preferential treatment, where the failure to submit these documents by the final date set is due to reasons of force majeure or exceptional circumstances.
3.
In other cases of belated presentation, the customs authorities of the importing country may accept the movement certificates EUR.1 or invoice declarations where the products have been submitted to them before the said final date.

Submission of proof of origin
Article 24
Movement certificates EUR.1 and invoice declarations shall be submitted to the customs authorities of the importing country in accordance with the procedures applicable in that country. The said authorities may require a translation of a movement certificate EUR.1 or an invoice declaration. They may also require the import declaration to be accompanied by a statement from the importer to the effect that the products meet the conditions required for the implementation of the Agreement.

Importation by instalments
Article 25
Where, at the request of the importer and on the conditions laid down by the customs authorities of the importing country, dismantled or non-assembled products within the meaning of general rule 2(a) of the Harmonized System falling within Sections XVI and XVII or heading Nos 7308 and 9406 of the Harmonized System are imported by instalments, a single proof of origin for such products shall be submitted to the customs authorities upon importation of the first instalment.

Exemptions from formal proof of origin
Article 26
1.
Products sent as small packages from private persons to private persons or forming part of travellers' personal luggage shall be admitted as originating products without requiring the submission of a formal proof of origin, provided that such products are not imported by way of trade and have been declared as meeting the requirements of this Protocol and where there is no doubt as to the veracity of such declaration. In the case of products sent by post, this declaration can be made on the customs declaration C2/CP3 or on a sheet of paper annexed to that document.
2.
Imports which are occasional and consist solely of products for the personal use of the recipients or travellers or their families shall not be considered as imports by way of trade if it is evident from the nature and quantity of the products that no commercial purpose is in view.
3.
Furthermore, the total value of these products must not exceed ECU 500 in the case of small packages or ECU 1 200 in the case of products forming part of travellers personal luggage.

Supplier's declaration
Article 27
1.
When a movement certificate EUR.1 is issued, or an invoice declaration is made out, in one of the Contracting Parties for originating products, in the manufacture of which goods coming from other Contracting Parties which have undergone working or processing in the EEA without having obtained preferential originating status have been used, account shall be taken of suppliers' declarations given for these goods in accordance with this Article.
2.
The supplier's declaration referred to in paragraph 1 shall serve as the evidence of the working or processing undergone in the EEA by the goods concerned for the purpose of determining whether the products in the manufacture of which these goods are used, can be considered as products originating in the EEA and fulfil the other requirements of this Protocol.
3.
A separate supplier's declaration shall, except in cases provided for in paragraph 4, be made out by the supplier for each consignment of goods in the form prescribed in Appendix V on a sheet of paper annexed to the invoice, the delivery note or any other commercial document describing the goods concerned in sufficient detail to enable them to be identified.
4.
Where a supplier regularly supplies a particular customer with goods for which the working or processing undergone in the EEA is expected to remain constant for considerable periods of time, he may provide a single supplier's declaration to cover subsequent consignments of those goods, hereinafter referred to as a ‘long-term supplier's declaration’.
A long-term supplier's declaration may normally be valid for a period of up to one year from the date of making out the declaration. The customs authorities of the country where the declaration is made out lay down the conditions under which longer periods may be used.
The long-term supplier's declaration shall be made out by the supplier in the form prescribed in Appendix VI, and shall describe the goods concerned in sufficient detail to enable them to be identified. It shall be provided to the customer concerned before supplying him with the first consignment of goods covered by this declaration or together with his first consignment.
The supplier shall inform his customer immediately if the long-term supplier's declaration is no longer applicable to the goods supplied.
5.
The supplier's declaration referred to in paragraphs 3 and 4 shall be typed or printed using one of the languages in which the Agreement is drawn up, in accordance with the provisions of the domestic law of the country where it is made out, and shall bear the original signature of the supplier in manuscript. The declaration may also be handwritten; in such a case, it shall be written in ink in printed characters.
6.
The supplier making out a declaration must be prepared to submit at any time, at the request of the customs authorities of the country where the declaration is made out, all appropriate documents proving that the information given on this declaration is correct.

Supporting documents
Article 28
The documents referred to in Articles 17(3), 21(3) and 27(6) used for the purpose of proving that products covered by a movement certificate EUR.1 or an invoice declaration can be considered as products originating in the EEA and fulfil the other requirements of this Protocol and that the information given in a supplier's declaration is correct may consist inter alia of the following:
1. direct evidence of the processes carried out by the exporter or supplier to obtain the goods concerned, contained for example in his accounts or internal bookkeeping;
2. documents proving the originating status of materials used in the manufacture of the goods concerned issued or made out in the Contracting Party where these documents are used in accordance with the domestic law of that Contracting Party;
3. documents proving the working or processing undergone in the EEA by materials used in the manufacture of the goods concerned issued or made out in the Contracting Party where these documents are used in accordance with the domestic law of that Contracting Party;
4. movement certificates EUR.1 or invoice declarations proving the originating status of materials used in the manufacture of the goods concerned issued or made out in other Contracting Parties in accordance with this Protocol;
5. suppliers' declarations proving the working or processing undergone in the EEA by materials used in the manufacture of the goods concerned made out in other Contracting Parties in accordance with this Protocol;
6. appropriate evidence concerning working or processing undergone outside the EEA by application of Article 11, proving that the requirements of this Article have been satisfied.

Preservation of proof of origin, suppliers' declarations and supporting documents
Article 29
1.
The exporter applying for the issue of a movement certificate EUR.1 shall keep for at least two years the documents referred to in Article 17(3).
2.
The exporter making out an invoice declaration shall keep for at least two years a copy of this invoice declaration as well as the documents referred to in Article 21(3).
3.
The supplier making out a supplier's declaration shall keep for at least two years copies of the declaration and of the invoice, delivery note or other commercial document to which this declaration is annexed as well as the documents referred to in Article 27(6).
The supplier making out a long-term supplier's declaration shall keep for at least two years copies of the declaration and of all the invoices, delivery notes or other commercial documents concerning goods covered by that declaration sent to the customer concerned, as well as the documents referred to in Article 27(6). This period shall begin from the date of expiry of validity of the long-term supplier's declaration.
4.
The customs authorities of the exporting country issuing a movement certificate EUR.1 shall keep for at least two years the application form referred to in Article 17(2).
5.
The customs authorities of the importing country shall keep for at least two years the movement certificates EUR.1 and the invoice declarations submitted to them.

Discrepancies and formal errors
Article 30
1.
The discovery of slight discrepancies between the statements made in a movement certificate EUR.1, or in an invoice declaration and those made in the documents submitted to the customs office for the purpose of carrying out the formalities for importing the products shall not ipso facto render the movement certificate EUR.1, or the invoice declaration null and void if it is duly established that this document does correspond to the products submitted.
2.
Obvious formal errors such as typing errors on a movement certificate EUR.1, an invoice declaration or a supplier's declaration should not cause this document to be rejected if these errors are not such as to create doubts concerning the correctness of the statements made in this document.

Amounts expressed in ECUs
Article 31
1.
Amounts in the national currency of the exporting country equivalent to the amounts expressed in ECUs shall be fixed by the exporting country and communicated to the other Contracting Parties.
When the amounts exceed the corresponding amounts fixed by the importing country, the latter shall accept them if the products are invoiced in the currency of the exporting country. When the products are invoiced in the currency of another EC Member State or EFTA State, the importing country shall recognize the amount notified by the country concerned.
2.
Up to and including 30 April 1998, the amounts to be used in any given national currency shall be the equivalent in that national currency of the amounts expressed in ECUs as at 1 October 1992.
For each successive period of five years, the amounts expressed in ECUs and their equivalents in the national currencies of the EC Member States and the EFTA States shall be reviewed by the EEA Joint Committee on the basis of the exchange rates of the ECU as at the first working day in October in the year immediately preceding that five-years period.
When carrying out this review, the EEA Joint Committee shall ensure that there will be no decrease in the amounts to be used in any national currency and shall furthermore consider the desirability of preserving the effects of the limits concerned in real terms. For this purpose, it may decide to modify the amounts expressed in ECUs.
TITLE VI

ARRANGEMENTS FOR ADMINISTRATIVE COOPERATION

Mutual assistance
Article 32
In order to ensure the proper application of this Protocol, the Contracting Parties shall assist each other, through the competent customs administrations, in checking the authenticity of the movement certificates EUR.1, the invoice declarations and the suppliers' declarations and the correctness of the information given in these documents.

Verification of proof of origin
Article 33
1.
Subsequent verifications of movement certificates EUR.1 and of invoice declarations shall be carried out at random or whenever the customs authorities of the importing country have reasonable doubts as to the authenticity of such documents, the originating status of the products concerned or the fulfilment of the other requirements of this Protocol.
2.
For the purposes of implementing the provisions of paragraph 1, the customs authorities of the importing country shall return the movement certificate EUR.1 and the invoice, if it has been submitted, or the invoice declaration, or a copy of these documents, to the customs authorities of the exporting country giving, where appropriate, the reasons of substance or form for an inquiry.
They shall forward, in support of the request for subsequent verification, any documents and information that have been obtained suggesting that the information given on the movement certificate EUR.1 or the invoice declaration is incorrect.
3.
The verification shall be carried out by the customs authorities of the exporting country. For this purpose, they shall have the right to call for any evidence and to carry out any inspection of the exporter's accounts or any other check which they consider appropriate.
4.
If the customs authorities of the importing country decide to suspend the granting of preferential treatment to the products concerned while awaiting the results of the verification, they shall offer to release the products to the importer subject to any precautionary measures judged necessary.
5.
The customs authorities requesting the verification shall be informed of the results of this verification as soon as possible. These results must indicate clearly whether the documents are authentic and whether the products concerned can be considered as products originating in the EEA and fulfil the other requirements of this Protocol.

Verification of supplier's declarations
Article 34
1.
Subsequent verifications of suppliers' declarations or long-term suppliers' declarations may be carried out at random or whenever the customs authorities of the country where such declarations have been taken into account to issue a movement certificate EUR.1 or to make out an invoice declaration have reasonable doubts as to the authenticity of the document or the correctness of the information given in this document.
2.
For the purposes of implementing the provisions of paragraph 1, the customs authorities of the abovementioned country shall return the supplier's declaration and the invoice(s), delivery note(s) or other commercial document(s) concerning goods covered by this declaration, to the customs authorities of the country where the declaration was made out, giving, where appropriate, the reasons of substance or form for an inquiry.
They shall forward, in support of the request for subsequent verification, any documents and information that have been obtained suggesting that the information given in the supplier's declaration is incorrect.
3.
The verification shall be carried out by the customs authorities of the country where the supplier's declaration was made out. For this purpose, they shall have the right to call for any evidence and to carry out any inspection of the supplier's accounts or any other check which they consider appropriate.
4.
The customs authorities requesting the verification shall be informed of the results of this verification as soon as possible. These results must indicate clearly whether the information given in the supplier's declaration is correct and make it possible for them to determine whether and to what extent this supplier's declaration could be taken into account for issuing a movement certificate EUR.1 or for making out an invoice declaration.

Dispute settlement
Article 35
Where disputes arise in relation to the verification procedures of Articles 33 and 34 which cannot be settled between the customs authorities requesting a verification and the customs authorities responsible for carrying out this verification or where they raise a question as to the interpretation of this Protocol, they shall be submitted to the EEA Joint Committee.

Penalties
Article 36
Penalties shall be imposed on any person who draws up, or causes to be drawn up, a document which contains incorrect information for the purpose of obtaining a preferential treatment for products.
TITLE VII

CEUTA AND MELILLA

Provisions applicable to Ceuta and Melilla
Article 37
1.
The term ‘EEA’ used in this Protocol does not cover Ceuta and Melilla. The term ‘products originating in the EEA’ does not cover products originating in Ceuta and Melilla.
2.
For the purpose of the application of Protocol 49 to the Agreement concerning products originating in Ceuta and Melilla, this Protocol shall apply mutatis mutandis subject to the special conditions set out in Article 38.

Special conditions
Article 38
1.
The following shall be considered as:
1. products originating in Ceuta and Melilla:
  1. products wholly obtained in Ceuta and Melilla;
  2. products obtained in Ceuta and Melilla in the manufacture of which materials which are not wholly obtained there have been used provided that these products have undergone sufficient working or processing in Ceuta and Melilla. This condition shall not apply, however, in respect of materials originating in the EEA within the meaning of this Protocol.
2. products originating in the EEA:
  1. products wholly obtained in the EEA;
  2. products obtained in the EEA in the manufacture of which materials which are not wholly obtained there have been used provided that these products have undergone sufficient working or processing in the EEA. This condition shall not apply, however, in respect of materials originating in Ceuta and Melilla within the meaning of this Protocol.
2.
Ceuta and Melilla shall be considered as a single territory.
3.
When a proof of origin, issued or made out in accordance with this Protocol relates to products originating in Ceuta and Melilla, the exporter must clearly indicate them by means of the symbol ‘CM’.
In the case of a movement certificate EUR.1, this shall be indicated in box 4 of the certificate.
In the case of an invoice declaration, this shall be indicated on the document in which the declaration is made.
4.
The Spanish customs authorities shall be responsible for the application of this Protocol in Ceuta and Melilla.
5.
Article 15 shall not apply to trade between Ceuta and Melilla, on the one hand, and the EFTA States on the other.
APPENDIX I

Introductory notes to the list in Appendix II

Note 1:
The list sets out for all products covered by the Agreement the conditions required for these products to be considered as sufficiently worked or processed within the meaning of Article 4(1) of the Protocol.

Note 2:
2.1.
The first two columns in the list describe the product obtained. The first column gives the heading number or chapter number used in the Harmonized System and the second column gives the description of goods used in that system for that heading or chapter. For each entry in the first two columns a rule is specified in columns 3 or 4. Where, in some cases, the entry in the first column is preceded by an ‘ex’, this signifies that the rules in columns 3 or 4 apply only to the part of that heading or chapter as described in column 2.
2.2.
Where several heading numbers are grouped together in column 1 or a chapter number is given and the description of products in column 2 is therefore given in general terms, the adjacent rules in columns 3 or 4 apply to all products which, under the Harmonized System, are classified in headings of the chapter or in any of the headings grouped together in column 1.
2.3.
Where there are different rules in the list applying to different products within a heading, each indent contains the description of that part of the heading covered by the adjacent rules in columns 3 or 4.
2.4.
Where, for an entry in the first two columns, a rule is specified in both columns 3 and 4, the exporter may opt, as an alternative, to apply either the rule set out in column 3 or that set out in column 4. If no origin rule is given in column 4, the rule set out in column 3 has to be applied.

Note 3:
3.1.

The provisions of Article 4(1) of the Protocol concerning products having acquired originating status which are used in the manufacture of other products apply regardless of whether this status has been acquired inside the factory where these products are used, in another factory in the same country or in another EEA country.
Example:
An engine of heading No 8407, for which the rule states that the value of the non-originating materials which may be incorporated may not exceed 40% of the ex-works price, is made from other alloy steel roughly shaped by forging of heading No ex 7224.
If this forging has been forged in the EEA from a non-originating ingot, it has already acquired originating status by virtue of the rule for heading No ex 7224 in the list. The forging can then count as originating in the value calculation for the engine regardless of whether it was produced in the same factory, in another factory in the same country or in another EEA country. The value of the non-originating ingot is thus not taken into account when adding up the value of the non-originating materials used.
3.2.
The rule in the list represents the minimum amount of working or processing required and the carrying out of more working or processing also confers originating status; conversely, the carrying out of less working or processing cannot confer originating status. Thus if a rule provides that non-originating material at a certain level of manufacture may be used, the use of such material at an earlier stage of manufacture is allowed and the use of such material at a later stage is not.
3.3.

When a rule in the list specifies that a product may be manufactured from more than one material, this means that any one or more materials may be used. It does not require that all be used.
Example:
The rule for fabrics of ex Chapter 50 to Chapter 55 provides that natural fibres may be used and that chemical materials, among other materials, may also be used. This does not mean that both have to be used; it is possible to use one or the other or both.
3.4.

Where a rule in the list specifies that a product must be manufactured from a particular material, the condition obviously does not prevent the use of other materials which, because of their inherent nature, cannot satisfy the rule. (See also Note 6.2 below in relation to textiles.)
Example:
The rule for prepared foods of heading No 1904 which specifically excludes the use of cereals and their derivatives does not prevent the use of mineral salts, chemicals and other additives which are not produced from cereals.
However, this does not apply to products which, although they cannot be manufactured from the particular material specified in the list, can be produced from a material of the same nature at an earlier stage of manufacture.
Example:
In the case of an article of apparel of ex Chapter 62 made from non-woven materials, if the use of only non-originating yarn is allowed for this class of article, it is not possible to start from non-woven cloth -even if non-woven cloths cannot normally be made from yarn. In such cases, the starting material would normally be at the stage before yarn - that is the fibre stage.
3.5.
Where, in a rule in the list, two percentages are given for the maximum value of non-originating materials that can be used, then these percentages may not be added together. In other words, the maximum value of all the non-originating materials used may never exceed the highest of the percentages given. Furthermore, the individual percentages must not be exceeded in relation to the particular materials they apply to.

Note 4:
4.1.
The term ‘natural fibres’ is used in the list to refer to fibres other than artificial or synthetic fibres. It is restricted to the stages before spinning takes place, including waste, and, unless otherwise specified, includes fibres that have been carded, combed or otherwise processed but not spun.
4.2.
The term ‘natural fibres’ includes horsehair of heading No 0503, silk of heading Nos 5002 and 5003 as well as the wool fibres, fine or coarse animal hair of heading Nos 5101 to 5105, the cotton fibres of heading Nos 5201 to 5203 and the other vegetable fibres of heading Nos 5301 to 5305.
4.3.
The terms ‘textile pulp’, ‘chemical materials’ and ‘paper-making materials’ are used in the list to describe the materials not classified in Chapters 50 to 63, which can be used to manufacture artificial, synthetic or paper fibres or yarns.
4.4.
The term ‘man-made staple fibres’ is used in the list to refer to synthetic or artificial filament tow, staple fibres or waste, of heading Nos 5501 to 5507.

Note 5:
5.1.
Where for a given product in the list a reference is made to this note, the conditions set out in column 3 shall not be applied to any basic textile materials, used in the manufacture of this product, which, taken together, represent 10% or less of the total weight of all the basic textile materials used. (See also Notes 5.3 and 5.4 below.)
5.2.

However, this tolerance may only be applied to mixed products which have been made from two or more basic textile materials.
The following are the basic textile materials:
- silk,
- wool,
- coarse animal hair,
- fine animal hair,
- horsehair,
- cotton,
- paper-making materials and paper,
- flax,
- true hemp,
- jute and other textile bast fibres,
- sisal and other textile fibres of the genus Agave,
- coconut, abaca, ramie and other vegetable textile fibres,
- synthetic man-made filaments
- artificial man-made filaments
- synthetic man-made staple fibres,
- artificial man-made staple fibres.
Example:
A yarn of heading No 5205 made from cotton fibres of heading No 5203 and synthetic staple fibres of heading No 5506 is a mixed yarn. Therefore, non-originating synthetic staple fibres that do not satisfy the origin rules (which require manufacture from chemical materials or textile pulp) may be used up to a weight of 10% of the yarn.
Example:
A woollen fabric of heading No 5112 made from woollen yarn of heading No 5107 and synthetic yarn of staple fibres of heading No 5509 is a mixed fabric. Therefore synthetic yarn which does not satisfy the origin rules (which require manufacture from chemical materials or textile pulp) or woollen yarn that does not satisfy the origin rules (which require manufacture from natural fibres, not carded or combed or otherwise prepared for spinning) or a combination of the two may be used provided their total weight does not exceed 10% of the weight of the fabric.
Example:
Tufted textile fabric of heading No 5802 made from cotton yarn of heading No 5205 and cotton fabric of heading No 5210 is only a mixed product if the cotton fabric is itself a mixed fabric being made from yarns classified in two separate headings or if the cotton yarns used are themselves mixtures.
Example:
If the tufted textile fabric concerned had been made from cotton yarn of heading No 5205 and synthetic fabric of heading No 5407, then, obviously, the yarns used are two separate basic textile materials and the tufted textile fabric is accordingly a mixed product.
Example:
A carpet with tufts made from both artificial yarns and cotton yarns and with a jute backing is a mixed product because three basic textile materials are used. Thus, any non-originating materials that are at a later stage of manufacture than the rule allows may be used, provided their total weight does not exceed 10% of the weight of the textile materials of the carpet. Thus, both the jute backing and/or the artificial yarns could be imported at that stage of manufacture, provided the weight conditions are met.
5.3.
In the case of products incorporating ‘yarn made of polyurethane segmented with flexible segments of polyether whether or not gimped’ this tolerance is 20% in respect of this yarn.
5.4.
In the case of products incorporating strip consisting of a core of aluminium foil or of a core of plastic film whether or not coated with aluminium powder, of a width not exceeding 5 mm, sandwiched by means of an adhesive between two films of plastic film, this tolerance is 30% in respect of this strip.

Note 6:
6.1.
In the case of those textile products which are marked in the list by a footnote referring to this note, textile materials, with the exception of linings and interlinings, which do not satisfy the rule set out in the list in column 3 for the made-up product concerned may be used provided that they are classified in a heading other than that of the product and that their value does not exceed 8% of the ex-works price of the product.
6.2.

Materials which are not classified within Chapters 50 to 63 may be used freely, whether or not they contain textiles.
Example:
If a rule in the list provides that for a particular textile item, such as trousers, yarn must be used, this does not prevent the use of metal items, such as buttons, because buttons are not classified within Chapters 50 to 63. For the same reason, it does not prevent the use of slide-fasteners even though slide-fasteners normally contain textiles.
6.3.
Where a percentage rule applies, the value of materials which are not classified within Chapters 50 to 63 must be taken into account when calculating the value of the non-originating materials incorporated.
APPENDIX II

List of working or processing required to be carried out on non-originating materials in order that the product manufactured can obtain originating status
HS heading No | Description of product | Working or processing carried out on non-originating materials that confers originating status
(1) | (2) | (3) or (4)
ex 0208 | Other meat and edible meat offal, fresh chilled or frozen, of whale | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
Chapter 3 | Fish and crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic invertebrates | Manufacture in which all the materials of Chapter 3 used must be wholly obtained |
ex 0403 | Buttermilk, curdled milk and cream, yoghurt, kephir and other fermented or acidified milk and cream, flavoured or containing added fruit, nuts or cocoa | Manufacture in which: - all the materials of Chapter 4 used must be wholly obtained, - any fruit juice (except those of pineapple, lime or grapefruit) of heading No 2009 used must already be originating, and - the value of any materials of Chapter 17 used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product |
ex 0710 and ex 0711 | Sweet corn (Zea mays var. saccharata) | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
0901 | Coffee, whether or not roasted or decaffeinated; coffee husks and skins; coffee substitutes containing coffee in any proportion | Manufacture from materials of any heading |
0902 | Tea, whether or not flavoured | Manufacture from materials of any heading |
ex 1302 | Vegetable saps and extracts of liquorice and hops; pectic substances, pectinates and pectates; agar-agar and other mucilages and thickeners, whether or not modified, derived from vegetable products: | |
- Mucilages and thickeners, modified, derived from vegetable products | Manufacture from non-modified mucilages and thickeners |
- Other | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
ex 1404 | Cotton linters | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
1504 | Fats and oils and their fractions, of fish or marine mammals, whether or not refined, but not chemically modified: | |
- Solid fractions of fish oils and fats and oils of marine mammals | Manufacture from materials of any heading including other materials of heading No 1504 |
- Other | Manufacture in which all the materials of Chapters 2 and 3 used must be wholly obtained |
ex 1516 | Animal fats and oils and their fractions, partly or wholly hydrogenated, inter-esterified, re-esterified or elaidinized, whether or not refined, but not further prepared, obtained entirely from fish or marine mammals | Manufacture in which all the materials of Chapters 2 and 3 used must be wholly obtained |
Hydrogenated castor oil, so-called ‘opal wax’ | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
ex 1517 | Margarine and edible mixtures or preparations of animal or vegetable fats or oils or of fractions of different fats or oils of this chapter, other than edible fats or oils or their fractions of heading No 1516, containing more than 10% but not more than 15% by weight of milkfats | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and - all the materials of Chapter 4 used must be wholly obtained |
ex 1518 | Linoxyn | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
ex 1519 | Industrial monocarboxylic fatty acids, acid oils from refining or industrial fatty alcohols, not for animal feeding | |
- Industrial monocarboxylic fatty acids, acids oils from refining | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
- Industrial fatty alcohols | Manufacture from materials of any heading including other materials of heading No 1519 |
1520 | Glycerol (glycerine), whether or not pure; glycerol waters and glycerol lyes | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified in a heading other than that of the product |
1521 | Vegetable waxes (other than tri-glycerides), beeswax, other insect waxes and spermaceti, whether or not refined or coloured | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified in a heading other than that of the product |
1522 | Degras; residues resulting from the treatment of fatty substances or animal or vegetable waxes | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified in a heading other than that of the product |
ex 1603 | Extracts and juices of whale meat, fish or crustaceans, molluscs or other aquatic invertebrates | Manufacture in which all the materials of Chapters 2 and 3 must be wholly obtained |
1604 | Prepared or preserved fish, caviar and caviar substitutes prepared from fish eggs | Manufacture in which all the fish or fish eggs used must be wholly obtained |
1605 | Crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic invertebrates prepared or preserved | Manufacture in which all the crustaceans, molluscs or other aquatic invertebrates used must be wholly obtained |
ex 1702 | Chemically pure fructose and maltose | Manufacture from materials of any heading including other materials of heading No 1702 |
1704 | Sugar confectionery (including white chocolate), not containing cocoa | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified in a heading other than that of the product, provided the value of any other materials of Chapter 17 used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product |
1803 | Cocoa paste, whether or not defatted | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
1804 | Cocoa butter, fat and oil | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
1805 | Cocoa powder, not containing added sugar or other sweetening matter | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
1806 | Chocolate and other food preparations containing cocoa | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, provided the value of any materials of Chapter 17 used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product |
1901 | Malt extract; food preparations of flour, meal, starch or malt extract, not containing cocoa powder or containing cocoa powder in a proportion by weight of less than 50%, not elsewhere specified or included; food preparations of goods of heading Nos 0401 to 0404, not containing cocoa powder or containing cocoa powder in a proportion by weight of less than 10%, not elsewhere specified or included: | |
- Malt extract | Manufacture from cereals of Chapter 10 |
- Other | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, provided the value of any materials of Chapter 17 used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product |
ex 1902 | Pasta, whether or not cooked or stuffed (with meat of other substances) or otherwise prepared, such as spaghetti, macaroni, noodles, lasagne, gnocchi, ravioli, cannelloni - except for those containing more than 20% by weight of sausages, meat and meat offal or blood or any combination thereof; couscous, whether or not prepared | Manufacture in which all the cereals and derivatives (except durum wheat and its derivatives) used must be wholly obtained |
1903 | Tapioca and substitutes therefor prepared from starch, in the form of flakes, grains, pearls, siftings or in similar forms | Manufacture from materials of any heading except potato starch of heading No 1108 |
1904 | Prepared foods obtained by the swelling or roasting of cereals or cereal products (for example, cornflakes); cereals, other than maize (corn), in grain form, precooked or otherwise prepared: | |
- Not containing cocoa: | |
- - Cereals, other than maize (corn), in grain form, precooked or otherwise prepared | Manufacture from materials of any heading. However, grains and cobs of sweet corn, prepared or preserved, of heading Nos 2001, 2004 and 2005 and uncooked, boiled or steamed sweet corn, frozen, of heading No 0710, may not be used |
- - Other | Manufacture in which: - all the cereals and their derivatives (except maize of the species Zea Indurata and durum wheat and their derivatives) used must be wholly obtained, and - the value of any materials of Chapter 17 used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product |
- Containing cocoa | Manufacture from materials not classified within heading No 1806, provided the value of any materials of Chapter 17 used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product |
1905 | Bread, pastry, cakes, biscuits and other bakers' wares, whether or not containing cocoa; communion wafers, empty cachets of a kind suitable for pharmaceutical use, sealing wafers, rice paper and similar products | Manufacture from materials of any heading, except those of Chapter 11 |
ex 2001 | Sweet corn (Zea mays var. saccharata), prepared or preserved by vinegar or acetic acid; yams, sweet potatoes and similar edible parts of plants containing 5% or more by weight of starch, prepared or preserved by vinegar or acetic acid | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
ex 2002 | Tomatoes prepared or preserved otherwise than by vinegar or acetic acid, not whole or in pieces | Manufacture in which all the tomatoes of Chapters 7 or 20 used must already be originating |
ex 2004 and ex 2005 | Potatoes in the form of flour, meal or flakes; prepared or preserved otherwise than by vinegar or acetic acid, sweet corn (Zea mays var. saccharata), prepared or preserved otherwise than by vinegar or acetic acid | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
2007 | Jams, fruit jellies, marmalades, fruit or nut puree and fruit or nut pastes, being cooked preparations, whether or not containing added sugar or other sweetening matter | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and - the value of any materials of Chapter 17 used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product |
ex 2008 | Peanut butter; mixtures based on cereals; palm hearts; maize (corn), other than sweet corn (Zea mays var. saccharata) | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
2101 | Extracts, essences and concentrates, of coffee, tea or mate and preparations with a basis of these products or with a basis of coffee, tea or mat6; roasted chicory and other roasted coffee substitutes, and extracts, essences and concentrates thereof | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
ex 2102 | Active yeasts, other than bakers' yeasts, excluding those for animal feeding; inactive yeasts, not for animal feeding; other single-cell micro-organisms, dead, not for animal feeding; prepared baking powders | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
2103 | Sauces and preparations therefor; mixed condiments and mixed seasonings; mustard flour and meal and prepared mustard | |
- Sauces and preparations therefor; mixed condiments and mixed seasonings | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product. However, mustard flour or meal or prepared mustard may be used |
- Mustard flour and meal and prepared mustard | Manufacture from materials of any heading |
2104 | Soups and broths and preparations therefor; homogenized composite food preparations | |
- Soups and broths and preparations therefor | Manufacture from materials of any heading except prepared or preserved vegetables of heading Nos 2002 to 2005 |
- Homogenized composite food preparations | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
2105 | Ice cream and other edible ice, whether or not containing cocoa | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
ex 2106 | Food preparations not elsewhere specified or included | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
2201 | Waters, including natural or artificial mineral waters and aerated waters, not containing added sugar or other sweetening matter nor flavoured; ice and snow | Manufacture in which all the waters of Chapter 22 used must already be originating |
2203 | Beer made from malt | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
2205 | Vermouth and other wine of fresh grapes flavoured with plants or aromatic substances | Manufacture in which all the grapes or any materials derived from grapes used must be wholly obtained |
ex 2208 | Undenatured ethyl alcohol of an alcoholic strength by volume of less than 80% volume; spirits, liqueurs and other spirituous beverages | |
- Ouzo | Manufacture from: - materials not classified within heading Nos 2207 or 2208, and - in which all the grapes or any material derived from grapes used must be wholly obtained |
- Other | Manufacture from: - materials not classified within heading Nos 2207 or 2208, and - in which all the grapes or any material derived from grapes used must be wholly obtained or if all the other materials used are already originating, arrack may be used up to a limit of 5% by volume |
2209 | Vinegar and substitutes for vinegar obtained from acetic acid | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and - all the grapes or any material derived from grapes used must be wholly obtained |
ex 2301 | Whale meal; flours, meals and pellets of fish or of crustaceans, molluscs or other aquatic invertebrates | Manufacture in which all the materials of Chapters 2 and 3 used must be wholly obtained |
ex 2309 | Fish solubles | Manufacture in which all the materials of Chapter 3 used must be wholly obtained |
ex Ch. 25 | Salt; sulphur; earths and stone; plastering materials, lime and cement; except for heading Nos ex 2504, ex 2515, ex 2516, ex 2518, ex 2519, ex 2520, ex 2524, ex 2525 and ex 2530 for which the rules are set out below | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
ex 2504 | Natural crystalline graphite, with enriched carbon content, purified and ground | Enriching of the carbon content, purifying and grinding of crude crystalline graphite |
ex 2515 | Marble, merely cut by sawing or otherwise into blocks or slabs of a rectangular (including square) shape, of a thickness not exceeding 25 cm | Cutting, by sawing or otherwise, of marble (even if already sawn) of a thickness exceeding 25 cm |
ex 2516 | Granite, porphyry, basalt, sandstone and other monumental and building stone, merely cut by sawing or otherwise, into blocks or slabs of a rectangular (including square) shape, of a thickness not exceeding 25 cm | Cutting, by sawing or otherwise, of stone (even if already sawn) of a thickness exceeding 25 cm |
ex 2518 | Calcined dolomite | Calcination of dolomite not calcined |
ex 2519 | Crushed natural magnesium carbonate (magnesite), in hermetically sealed containers, and magnesium oxide, whether or not pure, other than fused magnesia or dead burned (sintered) magnesia | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product. However, natural magnesium carbonate (magnesite) may be used |
ex 2520 | Plasters specially prepared for dentistry | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
ex 2524 | Natural asbestos fibres | Manufacture from asbestos concentrate |
ex 2525 | Mica powder | Grinding of mica or mica waste |
ex 2530 | Earth colours, calcined or powdered | Calcination or grinding of earth colours |
Ch. 26 | Ores, slag and ash | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
ex Ch. 27 | Mineral fuels, mineral oils and products of their distillation; bituminous substances; mineral waxes; except for heading Nos ex 2707 and 2709 to 2715 for which the rules are set out below | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
ex 2707 | Oils in which the weight of the aromatic constituents exceeds that of the non-aromatic constituents, being oils similar to mineral oils obtained by distillation of high temperature coal tar, of which more than 65% by volume distils at a temperature of up to 250oC (including mixtures of petroleum spirit and benzole), for use as power or heating fuels | These are Appendix VII products |
2709 to 2715 | Mineral oils and products of their distillation; bituminous substances; mineral waxes | These are Appendix VII products |
ex Ch. 28 | Inorganic chemicals; organic or inorganic compounds of precious metals, of rare-earth metals, of radioactive elements or of isotopes; except for heading Nos ex 2811, ex 2833 and ex 2840 for which the rules are set out below | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product. However, materials classified within the same heading may be used provided their value does not exceed 20% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product
ex 2811 | Sulphur trioxide | Manufacture from sulphur dioxide | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product
ex 2833 | Aluminium sulphate | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
ex 2840 | Sodium perborate | Manufacture from disodium tetraborate pentahydrate | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product
ex Ch. 29 | Organic chemicals; except for heading Nos ex 2901, ex 2902, ex 2905, 2915, 2932, 2933 and 2934, for which the rules are set out below | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product. However, materials classified within the same heading may be used provided their value does not exceed 20% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product
ex 2901 | Acyclic hydrocarbons for use as power or heating fuels | These are Appendix VII products |
ex 2902 | Cyclanes and cyclenes (other than azulenes), benzene, toluene, xylenes, for use as power or heating fuels | These are Appendix VII products |
ex 2905 | Metal alcoholates of alcohols of this heading and of ethanol or glycerol | Manufacture from materials of any heading, including other materials of heading No 2905. However, metal alcoholates of this heading may be used, provided their value does not exceed 20% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product
2915 | Saturated acyclic monocarboxylic acids and their anhydrides, halides, peroxides and peroxyacids; their halogenated, sulphonated, nitrated or nitrosated derivatives | Manufacture from materials of any heading. However, the value of all the materials of heading Nos 2915 and 2916 used may not exceed 20% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product
2932 | Heterocyclic compounds with oxygen hetero-atom(s) only: | |
- Internal ethers and their halogenated, sulphonated, nitrated or nitrosated derivatives | Manufacture from materials of any heading. However, the value of all the materials of heading No 2909 used may not exceed 20% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product
- Cyclic acetals and internal hemiacetals and their halogenated, sulphonated, nitrated or nitrosated derivatives | Manufacture from materials of any heading | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product
- Other | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product. However, materials of this heading may be used provided their value does not exceed 20% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product
2933 | Heterocyclic compounds with nitrogen hetero-atom(s) only: nucleic acids and their salts | Manufacture from materials of any heading. However, the value of all the materials of heading Nos 2932 and 2933 used may not exceed 20% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product
2934 | Other heterocyclic compounds | Manufacture from materials of any heading. However, the value of all the materials of heading Nos 2932, 2933 and 2934 used may not exceed 20% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product
ex Ch. 30 | Pharmaceutical products; except for heading Nos 3002, 3003 and 3004, for which the rules are set out below | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product. However, materials classified within the same heading may be used provided their value does not exceed 20% of the ex-works price of the product |
3002 | Human blood; animal blood prepared for therapeutic, prophylactic or diagnostic uses; antisera and other blood fractions; vaccines, toxins, cultures of micro-organisms (excluding yeasts) and similar products: | |
- Products consisting of two or more constituents which have been mixed together for therapeutic or prophylactic uses or unmixed products for these uses, put up in measured doses or in forms or packings for retail sale | Manufacture from materials of any heading, including other materials of heading No 3002. The materials of this description may also be used, provided their value does not exceed 20% of the ex-works price of the product |
- Other: | |
- - Human blood | Manufacture from materials of any heading, including other materials of heading No 3002. The materials of this description may also be used, provided their value does not exceed 20% of the ex-works price of the product |
- - Animal blood prepared for therapeutic or prophylactic uses | Manufacture from materials of any heading, including other materials of heading No 3002. The materials of this description may also be used, provided their value does not exceed 20% of the ex-works price of the product |
- - Blood fractions other than antisera, haemoglobin and serum globulin | Manufacture from materials of any heading, including other materials of heading No 3002. The materials of this description may also be used, provided their value does not exceed 20% of the ex-works price of the product |
- - Haemoglobin, blood globulin and serum globulin | Manufacture from materials of any heading, including other materials of heading No 3002. The materials of this description may also be used, provided their value does not exceed 20% of the ex-works price of the product |
- - Other | Manufacture from materials of any heading, including other materials of heading No 3002. The materials of this description may also be used, provided their value does not exceed 20% of the ex-works price of the product |
3003 and 3004 | Medicaments (excluding goods of heading Nos 3002, 3005 or 3006) | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product. However, materials of heading Nos 3003 or 3004 may be used provided their value, taken together, does not exceed 20% of the ex-works price of the product, and - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
ex Ch. 31 | Fertilizers except for heading No ex 3105 for which the rule is set out below | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product. However, materials classified within the same heading may be used provided their value does not exceed 20% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product
ex 3105 | Mineral or chemical fertilizers containing two or three of the fertilizing elements nitrogen, phosphorous and potassium; other fertilizers; goods of this chapter, in tablets or similar forms or in packages of a gross weight not exceeding 10 kg, except for: - Sodium nitrate - Calcium cyanamide - Potassium sulphate - Magnesium potassium sulphate | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product. However, materials classified within the same heading may be used provided their value does not exceed 20% of the ex-works price of the product, and - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product
ex Ch. 32 | Tanning or dyeing extracts; tannins and their derivatives; dyes, pigments and other colouring matter; paints and varnishes; putty and other mastics; inks; except for heading Nos ex 3201 and 3205, for which the rules are set out below | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product. However, materials classified within the same heading may be used provided their value does not exceed 20% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product
ex 3201 | Tannins and their salts, esters, ethers, and other derivatives | Manufacture from tanning extracts of vegetable origin | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product
3205 | Colour lakes; preparations as specified in Note 3 to this chapter based on colour lakes | Manufacture from materials of any heading, except heading Nos 3203, 3204 and 3205. However, materials from heading No 3205 may be used provided their value does not exceed 20% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product
ex Ch. 33 | Essential oils and resinoids; perfumery, cosmetic or toilet preparations; except for heading No 3301, for which the rule is set out below | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product. However, materials classified within the same heading may be used provided their value does not exceed 20% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product
3301 | Essential oils (terpeneless or not), including concretes and absolutes; resinoids; concentrates of essential oils in fats, in fixed oils, in waxes or the like, obtained by enfleurage or maceration; terpenic by-products of the deterpenation of essential oils; aqueous distillates and aqueous solutions of essential oils | Manufacture from materials of any heading, including materials of a different ‘group’ in this heading, However, materials of the same group may be used, provided their value does not exceed 20% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product
ex Ch. 34 | Soap, organic surface-active agents, washing preparations, lubricating preparations, artificial waxes, prepared waxes, polishing or scouring preparations, candles and similar articles, modelling pastes, ‘dental waxes’ and dental preparations with a basis of plaster; except for heading Nos ex 3403 and 3404, for which the rules are set out below | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product. However, materials classified within the same heading may be used provided their value does not exceed 20% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product
ex 3403 | Lubricating preparations containing petroleum oils or oils obtained from bituminous minerals, provided they represent less than 70% by weight | These are Appendix VII products |
3404 | Artificial waxes and prepared waxes: | |
- With a basis of paraffin, petroleum waxes, waxes obtained from bituminous minerals, slack wax or scale wax | These are Appendix VII products |
- Other | Manufacture from materials of any heading, except: - Hydrogenated oils having the character of waxes of heading No 1516 - Fatty acids not chemically defined or industrial fatty alcohols having the character of waxes of heading No 1519 - Materials of heading No 3404 However, these materials may be used provided their value does not exceed 20% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product
ex Ch. 35 | Albuminoidal substances; modified starches; glues; enzymes; except for heading Nos 3501, 3502, 3505 and ex 3507. The rules for heading Nos ex 3502, ex 3505 and ex 3507 are set out below | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product. However, materials classified within the same heading may be used provided their value does not exceed 20% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product
ex 3502 | Egg albumin unfit, or to be rendered unfit, for human consumption; milk albumin (lactalbumin), unfit, or to be rendered unfit, for human consumption | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product. However, materials classified within the same heading may be used provided their value does not exceed 20% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product
ex 3505 | Dextrins and other modified starches, except starches, esterified or etherified; glues based on starches, or on dextrins or other modified starches | Manufacture from materials of any heading, except those of heading No 1108 | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product
ex 3507 | Prepared enzymes not elsewhere specified or included | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
Ch. 36 | Explosives; pyrotechnic products; matches; pyrophoric alloys; certain combustible preparations | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product. However, materials classified within the same heading may be used provided their value does not exceed 20% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product
ex Ch. 37 | Photographic or cinematographic goods; except for heading Nos 3701, 3702 and 3704 for which the rules are set out below | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product. However, materials classified within the same heading may be used provided their value does not exceed 20% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product
3701 | Photographic plates and film in the flat, sensitized, unexposed, of any material other than paper, paperboard or textiles; instant print film in the flat, sensitized, unexposed, whether or not in packs: | |
- Instant print film for colour photography, in packs | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than heading Nos 3701 or 3702. However, materials from heading No 3702 may be used provided their value does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product
- Other | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than heading Nos 3701 or 3702. However, materials from heading Nos 3701 and 3702 may be used provided their value taken together, does not exceed 20% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product
3702 | Photographic film in rolls, sensitized, unexposed, of any material other than paper, paperboard or textiles; instant print film in rolls, sensitized, unexposed | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than heading Nos 3701 or 3702 | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product
3704 | Photographic plates, film paper, paperboard and textiles, exposed but not developed | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than heading Nos 3701 to 3704 | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product
ex Ch. 38 | Miscellaneous chemical products; except for heading Nos 3801, ex 3803, ex 3805, ex 3806, ex 3807, 3808 to 3814, 3818 to 3820, 3822 and 3823 for which the rules are set out below | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product. However, materials classified within the same heading may be used provided their value does not exceed 20% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product
3801 | Artificial graphite; colloidal or semi-colloidal graphite; preparations based on graphite or other carbon in the form of pastes, blocks, plates or other semi-manufactures: | |
- Colloidal graphite in suspension in oil and semi-colloidal graphite; carbonaceous pastes for electrodes | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
- Graphite in paste form, being a mixture of more than 30% by weight of graphite with mineral oils | Manufacture in which the value of all. the materials of heading No 3403 used does not exceed 20% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product
- Other | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product. However, materials of this heading may be used provided their value does not exceed 20% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product
ex 3803 | Refined tall oil | Refining of crude tall oil | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product
ex 3805 | Spirits of sulphate turpentine, purified | Purification by distillation or refining of raw spirits of sulphate turpentine | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product
ex 3806 | Ester gums | Manufacture from resin acids | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product
ex 3807 | Wood pitch (wood tar pitch) | Distillation of wood tar | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product
3808 | Insecticides, rodenticides, fungicides, herbicides, anti-sprouting products and plant-growth regulators, disinfectants and similar products, put up in forms or packings for retail sale or as preparations or articles (for example, sulphur-treated bands, wicks and candles, and fly-papers) | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the products |
3809 | Finishing agents, dye carriers to accelerate the dyeing or fixing of dyestuffs and other products and preparations (for example, dressings and mordants), of a kind used in the textile, paper, leather or like industries, not elsewhere specified or included | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the products |
3810 | Pickling preparations for metal surfaces; fluxes and other auxiliary preparations for soldering, brazing or welding; soldering, brazing or welding powders and pastes consisting of metal and other materials; preparations of a kind used as cores or coatings for welding electrodes or rods | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the products |
3811 | Anti-knock preparations, oxidation inhibitors, gum inhibitors, viscosity improvers, anti-corrosive preparations and other prepared additives, for mineral oils (including gasoline) or for other liquids used for the same purposes as mineral oils: | |
- Prepared additives for lubricating oil, containing petroleum oils or oils obtained from bituminous minerals | These are Appendix VII products |
- Other | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
3812 | Prepared rubber accelerators; compound plasticizers for rubber or plastics, not elsewhere specified or included; anti-oxidizing preparations and other compound stabilizers for rubber or plastics | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
3813 | Preparations and charges for fire-extinguishers; charged fire-extinguishing grenades | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
3814 | Organic composite solvents and thinners, not elsewhere specified or included; prepared paint or varnish removers | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
3818 | Chemical elements doped for use in electronics, in the form of discs, wafers or similar forms; chemical compounds doped for use in electronics | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
3819 | Hydraulic brake fluids and other prepared liquids for hydraulic transmission, not containing or containing less than 70% by weight of petroleum oils or oils obtained from bituminous minerals | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
3820 | Anti-freezing preparations and prepared de-icing fluids | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
3822 | Composite diagnostic or laboratory reagents, other than those of heading Nos 3002 or 3006 | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
3823 | Prepared binders for foundry moulds or cores; chemical products and preparations of the chemical or allied industries (including those consisting of mixtures of natural products), not elsewhere specified or included; residual products of the chemical or allied industries, not elsewhere specified or included: | |
- The following of this heading: - - Prepared binders for foundry moulds or cores based on natural resinous products - - Naphthenic acids, their water insoluble salts and their esters - - Sorbitol other than that of heading No 2905 - - Petroleum sulphonates, excluding petroleum sulphonates of alkali metals, of ammonium or of ethanolamines; thiophenated sulphonic acids of oils obtained from bituminous minerals, and their salts - - Ion exchangers - - Getters for vacuum tubes - - Alkaline iron oxide for the purification of gas - - Ammoniacal gas liquors and spent oxide produced in coal gas purification - - Sulphonaphthenic acids, their water insoluble salts and their esters - - Fusel oil and Dippel's oil - - Mixtures of salts having different anions - - Copying pastes with a basis of gelatin, whether or not on a paper or textile backing | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product. However, materials classified within the same heading may be used provided their value does not exceed 20% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product
- Other | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
ex 3901 to 3915 | Plastics in primary forms, waste, parings and scrap, of plastic; except for heading No ex 3907 for which the rule is set out below: | |
- Addition homopolymerization products | Manufacture in which: - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product, and - the value of any materials of Chapter 39 used does not exceed 20% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 25% of the ex-works price of the product
- Other | Manufacture in which the value of any materials of Chapter 39 used does not exceed 20% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 25% of the ex-works price of the product
ex 3907 | Copolymer, made from polycarbonate and acrylonitrile-butadienestyrene copolymer (ABS) | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product. However, materials classified within the same heading may be used provided their value does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
ex 3916 to 3921 | Semi-manufactures and articles of plastics; except for heading Nos ex 3916, ex 3917 and ex 3920, for which the rules are set out below: | |
- Flat products, further worked than only surface worked or cut into forms other than rectangular (including square), other products, further worked than only surface worked | Manufacture in which the value of any materials of Chapter 39 used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 25% of the ex-works price of the product
- Other | |
- - Addition homopolymerization products | Manufacture in which: - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product, and Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 25% of the ex-works price of the product - the value of any materials of Chapter 39 used does not exceed 20% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 25% of the ex-works price of the product
- Other | Manufacture in which the value of any materials of Chapter 39 used does not exceed 20% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 25% of the ex-works price of the product
ex 3916 and ex 3917 | Profile shapes and tubes | Manufacture in which: - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product, and - the value of any materials classified within the same heading as the product does not exceed 20% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 25% of the ex-works price of the product
ex 3920 | Ionomer sheet or film | Manufacture from a thermoplastic partial salt which is a copolymer of ethylene and metacrylic acid partly neutralized with metal ions, mainly zinc and sodium | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 25% of the ex-works price of the product
3922 to 3926 | Articles of plastics | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
ex Ch. 40 | Rubber and articles thereof; except for heading Nos ex 4001, 4005, 4012 and ex 4017 for which the rules are set out below | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
ex 4001 | Laminated slabs of crepe rubber for shoes | Lamination of sheets of natural rubber |
4005 | Compound rubber, unvulcanized, in primary forms or in plates, sheets or strip | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used, except natural rubber, does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
4012 | Retreaded or used pneumatic tyres of rubber; solid or cushion tyres, interchangeable tyre treads and tyre flaps, of rubber: | |
- Retreaded pneumatic, solid or cushion, tyres of rubber | Retreading of used tyres |
- Other | Manufacture from materials of any heading, except those of heading Nos 4011 or 4012 |
ex 4017 | Articles of hard rubber | Manufacture from hard rubber |
ex Ch. 41 | Raw hides and skins (other than furskins) and leather; except for heading Nos ex 4102, 4104 to 4107 and 4109 for which the rules are set below | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
ex 4102 | Raw skins of sheep or lambs, without wool on | Removal of wool from sheep or lamb skins, with wool on |
4104 to 4107 | Leather, without hair or wool, other than leather of heading Nos 4108 or 4109 | Retanning of pre-tanned leather or Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
4109 | Patent leather and patent laminated leather; metallized leather | Manufacture from leather of heading Nos 4104 to 4107 provided its value does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
Ch. 42 | Articles of leather; saddlery and harness; travel goods, handbags and similar containers; articles of animal gut (other than silk worm gut) | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
ex Ch. 43 | Furskins and artificial fur; manufactures thereof; except for heading Nos ex 4302 and 4303 for which the rules are set out below | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
ex 4302 | Tanned or dressed furskins, assembled: | |
- Plates, crosses and similar forms | Bleaching or dyeing, in addition to cutting and assembly of non-assembled tanned or dressed furskins |
- Other | Manufacture from non-assembled, tanned or dressed furskins |
4303 | Articles of apparel, clothing accessories and other articles of furskin | Manufacture from non-assembled tanned or dressed furskins of heading No 4302 |
ex Ch. 44 | Wood and articles of wood; wood charcoal; except for heading Nos ex 4403, ex 4407, ex 4408, 4409, ex 4410 to ex 4413, ex 4415, ex 4416, 4418 and ex 4421 for which the rules are set out below | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
ex 4403 | Wood roughly squared | Manufacture from wood in the rough, whether or not stripped of its bark or merely roughed down |
ex 4407 | Wood sawn or chipped lengthwise, sliced or peeled, of a thickness exceeding 6 mm, planed, sanded or finger-jointed | Planing, sanding or finger-jointing |
ex 4408 | Veneer sheets and sheets for plywood, of a thickness not exceeding 6 mm, spliced, and other wood sawn lengthwise, sliced or peeled of a thickness not exceeding 6 mm, planed, sanded or finger-jointed | Splicing, planing, sanding or finger-jointing |
4409 | Wood (including strips and friezes for parquet flooring, not assembled) continuously shaped (tongued, grooved, rebated, chamfered, V-jointed, beaded, moulded, rounded or the like) along any of its edges or faces, whether or not planed, sanded or finger-jointed: | |
- Sanded or finger-jointed | Sanding or finger-jointing |
- Beadings and mouldings | Beading or moulding |
- Other | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
ex 4410 to ex 4413 | Beadings and mouldings, including moulded skirting and other moulded boards | Beading or moulding |
ex 4415 | Packing cases, boxes, crates, drums and similar packings, of wood | Manufacture from boards not cut to size |
ex 4416 | Casks, barrels, vats, tubs and other coopers' products and parts thereof, of wood | Manufacture from riven staves, not further worked than sawn on the two principal surfaces |
4418 | Builders' joinery and carpentry of wood, including cellular wood panels, assembled parquet panels, shingles and shakes: | |
- Builders' joinery and carpentry of wood | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product. However, cellular wood panels, shingles and shakes may be used |
- Beadings and mouldings | Beading or moulding |
- Other | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
ex 4421 | Match splints; wooden pegs or pins for footwear | Manufacture from wood of any heading except drawn wood of heading No 4409 |
ex Ch. 45 | Cork and articles of cork; except for heading No 4503 for which the rule is set out below | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
4503 | Articles of natural cork | Manufacture from cork of heading No 4501 |
Ch. 46 | Manufactures of straw, of esparto or of other plaiting materials; basketware and wickerwork | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
Ch. 47 | Pulp of wood or of other fibrous cellulosic material; waste and scrap of paper or paperboard | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
ex Ch. 48 | Paper and paperboard; articles of paper pulp, of paper or of paperboard; except for heading Nos ex 4811, 4816, 4817, ex 4818, ex 4819, ex 4820 and ex 4823 for which the rules are set out below | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
ex 4811 | Paper and paperboard, ruled, lined or squared only | Manufacture from paper-making materials of Chapter 47 |
4816 | Carbon paper, self-copy paper and other copying or transfer papers (other than those of heading No 4809), duplicator stencils and offset plates, of paper, whether or not put up in boxes | Manufacture from paper-making materials of Chapter 47 |
4817 | Envelopes, letter cards, plain postcards and correspondence cards, of paper or paperboard; boxes, pouches, wallets and writing compendiums, of paper or paperboard, containing an assortment of paper stationery | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
ex 4818 | Toilet paper | Manufacture from paper-making materials of Chapter 47 |
ex 4819 | Cartons, boxes, cases, bags and other packing containers, of paper, paperboard, cellulose wadding or webs of cellulose fibres | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
ex 4820 | Letter pads | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
ex 4823 | Other paper, paperboard, cellulose wadding and webs of cellulose fibres, cut to size or shape | Manufacture from paper-making materials of Chapter 47 |
ex Ch. 49 | Printed books, newspapers, pictures and other products of the printing industry; manuscripts, typescripts and plans; except for heading Nos 4909 and 4910 for which the rules are set out below | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
4909 | Printed or illustrated postcards; printed cards bearing personal greetings, messages or announcements, whether or not illustrated, with or without envelopes or trimmings | Manufacture from materials not classified within heading Nos 4909 or 4911 |
4910 | Calendars of any kind, printed, including calendar blocks: | |
Calendars of the ‘perpetual’ type or with replaceable blocks mounted on bases other than paper or paperboard | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
- Other | Manufacture from materials not classified in heading Nos 4909 or 4911 |
ex Ch. 50 | Silk; except for heading Nos ex 5003, 5004 to ex 5006 and 5007 for which the rules are set out below | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
ex 5003 | Silk waste (including cocoons unsuitable for reeling, yarn waste and garnetted stock), carded or combed | Carding or combing of silk waste |
5004 to ex 5006 | Silk yarn and yarn spun from silk waste | Manufacture from: - raw silk or silk waste carded or combed or otherwise prepared for spinning, - other natural fibres not carded or combed or otherwise prepared for spinning, - chemical materials or textile pulp, or - paper-making materials |
5007 | Woven fabrics of silk or of silk waste: | Manufacture from single yarn |
- Incorporating rubber thread | |
- Other | Manufacture from: - coir yarn, - natural fibres, - man-made staple fibres not carded or combed or otherwise prepared for spinning, - chemical materials or textile pulp, or - paper or Printing accompanied by at least two preparatory or finishing operations (such as scouring, bleaching, mercerizing, heat-setting, raising, calendering, shrink resistance processing, permanent finishing, decatizing, impregnating, mending and burling) where the value of the unprinted fabric used does not exceed 47.5% of the ex-works price of the product |
ex Ch. 51 | Wool, fine or coarse animal hair; horsehair yarn and woven fabric; except for heading Nos 5106 to 5110 and 5111 to 5113 for which the rules are set out below | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
5106 to 5110 | Yarn of wool, of fine or coarse animal hair or of horsehair | Manufacture from: - raw silk or silk waste carded or combed or otherwise prepared for spinning, - natural fibres not carded or combed or otherwise prepared for spinning, - chemical materials or textile pulp, or - paper-making materials |
5111 to 5113 | Woven fabrics of wool, of fine or coarse animal hair or of horsehair: | |
- Incorporating rubber thread | Manufacture from single yarn |
- Other | Manufacture from: - coir yarn, - natural fibres, - man-made staple fibres not carded or combed or otherwise prepared for spinning, - chemical materials or textile pulp, or - paper or Printing accompanied by at least two preparatory or finishing operations (such as scouring, bleaching, mercerizing, heat-setting, raising, calendering, shrink resistance processing, permanent finishing, decatizing, impregnating, mending and burling) where the value of the unprinted fabric used does not exceed 47.5% of the ex-works price of the product |
ex Ch. 52 | Cotton; except for heading Nos 5204 to 5207 and 5208 to 5212 for which the rules are set out below | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
5204 to 5207 | Yarn and thread of cotton | Manufacture from: - raw silk or silk waste carded or combed or otherwise prepared for spinning, - natural fibres not carded or combed or otherwise prepared for spinning, - chemical materials or textile pulp, or - paper-making materials |
5208 to 5212 | Woven fabrics of cotton: | Manufacture from single yarn |
- Incorporating rubber thread | |
- Other | Manufacture from: - coir yarn, - natural fibres, - man-made staple fibres not carded or combed or otherwise prepared for spinning, - chemical materials or textile pulp, or - paper or Printing accompanied by at least two preparatory or finishing operations (such as scouring, bleaching, mercerizing, heat-setting, raising, calendering, shrink resistance processing, permanent finishing, decatizing, impregnating, mending and burling) where the value of the unprinted fabric used does not exceed 47.5% of the ex-works price of the product |
ex Ch. 53 | Other vegetable textile fibres; paper yarn and woven fabrics of paper yarn; except for heading Nos 5306 to 5308 and 5309 to 5311 for which the rules are set out below | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
5306 to 5308 | Yarn of other vegetable textile fibres; paper yarn | Manufacture from: - raw silk or silk waste carded or combed or otherwise prepared for spinning, - natural fibres not carded or combed or otherwise prepared for spinning, - chemical materials or textile pulp, or - paper-making materials |
5309 to 5311 | Woven fabrics of other vegetable textile fibres; woven fabrics of paper yarn: | |
- Incorporating rubber thread | Manufacture from single yarn |
- Other | Manufacture from: - coir yarn, - natural fibres, - man-made staple fibres not carded or combed or otherwise prepared for spinning, - chemical materials or textile pulp, or - paper or Printing accompanied by at least two preparatory or finishing operations (such as scouring, bleaching, mercerizing, heat-setting, raising, calendering, shrink resistance processing, permanent finishing, decatizing, impregnating, mending and burling) where the value of the unprinted fabric used does not exceed 47.5% of the ex-works price of the product |
5401 to 5406 | Yarn, monofilament and thread of man-made filaments | Manufacture from: - raw silk or silk waste carded or combed or otherwise prepared for spinning, - natural fibres not carded or combed or otherwise prepared for spinning, - chemical materials or textile pulp, or - paper-making materials |
5407 and 5408 | Woven fabrics of man-made filament yarn: | |
- Incorporating rubber thread | Manufacture from single yarn |
- Other | Manufacture from: - coir yarn, - natural fibres, - man-made staple fibres not carded or combed or otherwise prepared for spinning, - chemical materials or textile pulp, or - paper or Printing accompanied by at least two preparatory or finishing operations (such as scouring, bleaching, mercerizing, heat-setting, raising, calendering, shrink resistance processing, permanent finishing, decatizing, impregnating, mending and burling) where the value of the unprinted fabric used does not exceed 47.5% of the ex-works price of the product |
5501 to 5507 | Man-made staple fibres | Manufacture from chemical materials or textile pulp |
5508 to 5511 | Yarn and sewing thread | Manufacture from: - raw silk or silk waste carded or combed or otherwise prepared for spinning, - natural fibres not carded or combed or otherwise prepared for spinning, - chemical materials or textile pulp, or - paper-making materials |
5512 to 5516 | Woven fabrics of man-made staple fibres: | |
- Incorporating rubber thread | Manufacture from single yarn |
- Other | Manufacture from: - coir yarn, - natural fibres, - man-made staple fibres not carded or combed or otherwise prepared for spinning, - chemical materials or textile pulp, or - paper or Printing accompanied by at least two preparatory or finishing operations (such as scouring, bleaching, mercerising, heat-setting, raising, calendering, shrink resistance processing, permanent finishing, decatizing, impregnating, mending and burling) where the value of the unprinted fabric used does not exceed 47.5% of the ex-works price of the product |
ex Ch. 56 | Wadding, felt and non-wovens; special yarns, twine cordage, ropes and cables and articles thereof except for heading Nos 5602, 5604, 5605 and 5606, for which the rules are set out below | Manufacture from: - coir yarn, - natural fibres, - chemical materials or textile pulp, or - paper-making materials |
5602 | Felt, whether or not impregnated, coated, covered or laminated: | |
- Needleloom felt | Manufacture from: - natural fibres, - chemical materials or textile pulp However: - Polypropylene filament of heading No 5402, - Polypropylene fibres of heading Nos 5503 or 5506, or - Polypropylene filament tow of heading No 5501, of which the denomination in all cases of a single filament or fibre is less than 9 decitex may be used provided their value does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product. |
- Other | Manufacture from: - natural fibres, - man-made staple fibres made from casein, or - chemical materials or textile pulp |
5604 | Rubber thread and cord, textile covered; textile yarn, and strip and the like of heading Nos 5404 or 5405, impregnated, coated, covered or sheathed with rubber or plastics: | |
- Rubber thread and cord, textile covered | Manufacture from rubber thread or cord, not textile covered |
- Other | Manufacture from: - natural fibres not carded or combed or otherwise processed for spinning, - chemical materials or textile pulp, or - paper-making materials |
5605 | Metallized yarn, whether or not gimped, being textile yarn, or strip or the like of heading Nos 5404 or 5405, combined with metal in the form of thread, strip or powder or covered with metal | Manufacture from: - natural fibres, - man-made staple fibres not carded or combed or otherwise processed for spinning, - chemical materials or textile pulp, or - paper-making materials |
5606 | Gimped yarn, and strip and the like of heading Nos 5404 or 5405, gimped (other than those of heading No 5605 and gimped horsehair yarn); chenille yarn (including flock chenille yarn); loop wale-yarn | Manufacture from: - natural fibres, - man-made staple fibres not carded or combed or otherwise processed for spanning, - chemical materials or textile pulp, or - paper-making materials |
Ch. 57 | Carpets and other textile floor coverings: | |
- Of needleloom felt | Manufacture from: - natural fibres, or - chemical materials or textile pulp However: - Polypropylene filament of heading No 5402, - Polypropylene fibres of heading Nos 5503 or 5506, or - Polypropylene filament tow of heading No 5501, of which the denomination in all cases of a single filament or fibre is less than 9 decitex may be used provided their value does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
- Of other felt | Manufacture from: - natural fibres not carded or combed or otherwise processed for spinning, or - chemical materials or textile pulp |
- Other | Manufacture from: - coir yarn, - synthetic or artificial filament yarn, - natural fibres, or - man-made staple fibres not carded or combed or otherwise processed for spinning |
ex Ch. 58 | Special woven fabrics; tufted textile fabrics; lace; tapestries; trimmings; embroidery; except for headings Nos 5805 and 5810 for which the rules are set out below: | |
- Combined with rubber thread | Manufacture from single yarn |
- Other | Manufacture from: - natural fibres, - man-made staple fibres not carded or combed or otherwise processed for spinning, or - chemical materials or textile pulp or Printing accompanied by at least two preparatory or finishing operations (such as scouring, bleaching, mercerizing, heat-setting, raising, calendering, shrink resistance processing, permanent finishing, decatizing, impregnating, mending and burling) where the value of the unprinted fabric used does not exceed 47.5% of the ex-works price of the product |
5805 | Hand-woven tapestries of the types gobelins, flanders, aubusson, beauvais and the like, and needle-worked tapestries (for example, petit point, cross stitch), whether or not made up | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
5810 | Embroidery in the piece, in strips or in motifs | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
5901 | Textile fabrics coated with gum or amylaceous substances, of a kind used for the outer covers of books or the like; tracing cloth; prepared painting canvas; buckram and similar stiffened textile fabrics of a kind used for hat foundations | Manufacture from yarn |
5902 | Tyre cord fabric of high tenacity yarn of nylon or other polyamides, polyesters or viscose rayon: | |
- Containing not more than 90% by weight of textile materials | Manufacture from yarn |
- Other | Manufacture from chemical materials or textile pulp |
5903 | Textile fabrics impregnated, coated, covered or laminated with plastics, other than those of heading No 5902 | Manufacture from yarn |
5904 | Linoleum, whether or not cut to shape; floor coverings consisting of a coating or covering applied on a textile backing, whether or not cut to shape | Manufacture from yarn |
5905 | Textile wall coverings: | |
- Impregnated, coated, covered or laminated with rubber, plastics or other materials | Manufacture from yarn |
- Other | Manufacture from: - coir yarn, - natural fibres, - man-made staple fibres not carded or combed or otherwise processed for spinning, or - chemical materials or textile pulp or Printing accompanied by at least two preparatory or finishing operations (such as scouring, bleaching, mercerizing, heat-setting, raising, calendering, shrink resistance processing, permanent finishing, decatizing, impregnating, mending and burling) where the value of the unprinted fabric used does not exceed 47.5% of the ex-works price of the product |
5906 | Rubberized textile fabrics, other than those of heading No 5902: | |
- Knitted or crocheted fabrics | Manufacture from: - natural fibres, - man-made staple fibres not carded or combed or otherwise processed for spinning, or - chemical materials or textile pulp |
- Other fabrics made of synthetic filament yarn, containing more than 90% by weight of textile materials | Manufacture from chemical materials |
- Other | Manufacture from yarn |
5907 | Textile fabrics otherwise impregnated, coated or covered; painted canvas being theatrical scenery, studio backcloths or the like | Manufacture from yarn |
5908 | Textile wicks, woven, plaited or knitted, for lamps, stoves, lighters, candles or the like; incandescent gas mantles and tubular knitted gas mantle fabric therefor, whether or not impregnated: | |
- Incandescent gas mantles, impregnated | Manufacture from tubular knitted gas mantle fabric |
- Other | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
5909 to 5911 | Textile articles of a kind suitable for industrial use: | |
- Polishing discs or rings other than of felt of heading No 5911 | Manufacture from yarn or waste fabrics or rags of heading No 6310 |
- Other | Manufacture from: - coir yarn, - natural fibres, - man-made staple fibres not carded or combed or otherwise processed for spinning, or - chemical materials or textile pulp |
Ch. 60 | Knitted or crocheted fabrics | Manufacture from: - natural fibres, - man-made staple fibres not carded or combed or otherwise processed for spinning, or - chemical materials or textile pulp |
Ch. 61 | Articles of apparel and clothing accessories, knitted or crocheted: | |
- Obtained by sewing together or otherwise assembling, two or more pieces of knitted or crocheted fabric which have been either cut to form or obtained directly to form | Manufacture from yarn |
- Other | Manufacture from: - natural fibres, - man-made staple fibres not carded or combed or otherwise processed for spinning, or - chemical materials or textile pulp |
ex Ch. 62 | Articles of apparel and clothing accessories, not knitted or crocheted; except for heading Nos ex 6202, ex 6204, ex 6206, ex 6209, ex 6210, 6213, 6214, ex 6216 and 6217 for which the rules are set out below | Manufacture from yarn |
ex 6202, ex 6204, ex 6206 and ex 6209 | Women's, girls' and babies' clothing and clothing accessories for babies, embroidered | Manufacture from yarn or Manufacture from unembroidered fabric provided the value of the unembroidered fabric used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
ex 6210 and ex 6216 | Fire-resistant equipment of fabric covered with foil of aluminized polyester | Manufacture from yarn or Manufacture from uncoated fabric provided the value of the uncoated fabric used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
6213 and 6214 | Handkerchiefs, shawls, scarves, mufflers, mantillas, veils and the like: | |
- Embroidered | Manufacture from unbleached single yarn or Manufacture from unembroidered fabric provided the value of the unembroidered fabric used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
- Other | Manufacture from unbleached single yarn |
6217 | Other made-up clothing accessories; parts of garments or of clothing accessories, other than those of heading No 6212: | |
- Embroidered | Manufacture from yarn or Manufacture from unembroidered fabric provided the value of the unembroidered fabric used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
- Fire-resistant equipment of fabric covered with foil of aluminized polyester | Manufacture from yarn or Manufacture from unembroidered fabric provided the value of the unembroidered fabric used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
- Interlinings for collars and cuffs, cut out | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
- Other | Manufacture from yarn |
ex Ch. 63 | Other made-up textile articles; sets; worn clothing and worn textile articles; rags; except for heading Nos 6301 to 6304, 6305, 6306, ex 6307 and 6308 for which the rules are set out below | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
6301 to 6304 | Blankets, travelling rugs, bed linen, etc.; curtains, etc.; other furnishing articles: | |
- Of felt, of non-wovens | Manufacture from: - natural fibres, or - chemical materials or textile pulp |
- Other | |
- - Embroidered | Manufacture from unbleached single yarn or Manufacture from unembroidered fabric (other than knitted or crocheted) provided the value of the unembroidered fabric used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
- - Other | Manufacture from unbleached single yarn |
6305 | Sacks and bags, of a kind used for the packing of goods | Manufacture from: - natural fibres, - man-made staple fibres not carded or combed or otherwise processed for spinning, or - chemical materials or textile pulp |
6306 | Tarpaulins, awnings and sunblinds; tents; sails for boats, sailboards or landcraft; camping goods: | |
- Of non-wovens | Manufacture from: - natural fibres, or - chemical materials or textile pulp |
- Other | Manufacture from unbleached single yarn |
6307 | Other made-up articles, including dress patterns | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
6308 | Sets consisting of woven fabric and yarn, whether or not with accessories, for making up into rugs, tapestries, embroidered table cloths or serviettes or similar textile articles, put up in packings for retail sale | Each item in the set must satisfy the rule which would apply to it if it were not included in the set. However, non-originating articles may be incorporated provided their total value does not exceed 15% of the ex-works price of the set |
6401 to 6405 | Footwear | Manufacture from materials of any heading except for assemblies of uppers affixed to inner soles or to other sole components of heading No 6406 |
6406 | Parts of footwear; removable in-soles, heel cushions and similar articles; gaiters, leggings and similar articles, and parts thereof | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
ex Ch. 65 | Headgear and parts thereof; except for heading Nos 6503 and 6505 for which the rules are set out below | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
6503 | Felt hats and other felt headgear, made from the hat bodies, hoods or plateaux of heading No 6501, whether or not lined or trimmed | Manufacture from yarn or textile fibres |
6505 | Hats and other headgear, knitted or crocheted, or made up from lace, felt or other textile fabric, in the piece (but not in strips), whether or not lined or trimmed; hair-nets of any material, whether or not lined or trimmed | Manufacture from yarn or textile fibres |
ex Ch. 66 | Umbrellas, sun umbrellas, walking-sticks, seat-sticks, whips, riding-crops, and parts thereof; except for heading No 6601 for which the rule is set out below | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
6601 | Umbrellas and sun umbrellas (including walking-stick umbrellas, garden umbrellas and similar umbrellas) | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
Ch. 67 | Prepared feathers and down and articles made of feathers or of down; artificial flowers; articles of human hair | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
ex Ch. 68 | Articles of stone, plaster, cement, asbestos, mica or similar materials; except for heading Nos ex 6803, ex 6812 and ex 6814 for which the rules are set out below | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
ex 6803 | Articles of slate or of agglomerated slate | Manufacture from worked slate |
ex 6812 | Articles of asbestos; articles of mixtures with a basis of asbestos or of mixtures with a basis of asbestos and magnesium carbonate | Manufacture from materials of any heading |
ex 6814 | Articles of mica, including agglomerated or reconstituted mica, on a support of paper, paperboard or other materials | Manufacture from worked mica (including agglomerated or reconstituted mica) |
Ch. 69 | Ceramic products | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
ex Ch. 70 | Glass and glassware; except for heading Nos 7006, 7007, 7008, 7009, 7010, 7013 and ex 7019 for which the rules are set out below | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
7006 | Glass of heading Nos 7003, 7004 or 7005, bent, edgeworked, engraved, drilled, enamelled or otherwise worked, but not framed or fitted with other materials | Manufacture from materials of heading No 7001 |
7007 | Safety glass, consisting of toughened (tempered) or laminated glass | Manufacture from materials of heading No 7001 |
7008 | Multiple-walled insulating units of glass | Manufacture from materials of heading No 7001 |
7009 | Glass mirrors, whether or not framed, including rear-view mirrors | Manufacture from materials of heading No 7001 |
7010 | Carboys, bottles, flasks, jars, pots, phials, ampoules and other containers, of glass, of a kind used for the conveyance or packing of goods; preserving jars of glass; stoppers, lids and other closures, of glass | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product or Cutting of glassware, provided the value of the uncut glassware does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
7013 | Glassware of a kind used for table, kitchen, toilet, office, indoor decoration or similar purposes (other than that of heading No 7010 or 7018) | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product or Cutting of glassware, provided the value of the uncut glassware does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product or Hand-decoration (with the exception of silk-screen printing) of hand-blown glassware, provided the value of the hand-blown glassware does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
ex 7019 | Articles (other than yarn) of glass fibres | Manufacture from: - uncoloured slivers, rovings, yarn or chopped strands, or - glass wool |
ex Ch. 71 | Natural or cultured pearls, precious or semi-precious stones, precious metals, metals clad with precious metal, and articles thereof; imitation jewellery; coin; except for heading Nos ex 7102, ex 7103, ex 7104, 7106, ex 7107, 7108, ex 7109, 7110, ex 7111, 7116 and 7117 for which the rules are set out below | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
ex 7102, ex 7103 and ex 7104 | Worked precious or semi-precious stones (natural, synthetic or reconstructed) | Manufacture from unworked precious or semi-precious stones |
7106, 7108 and 7110 | Precious metals: | |
- Unwrought | Manufacture from materials not classified within heading Nos 7106, 7108 or 7110 or Electrolytic, thermal or chemical separation of precious metals of heading Nos 7106, 7108 or 7110 or Alloying of precious metals of heading Nos 7106, 7108 or 7110 with each other or with base metals |
- Semi-manufactured or in powder form | Manufacture from unwrought precious metals |
ex 7107, ex 7109 and ex 7111 | Metals clad with precious metals, semi-manufactured | Manufacture from metals clad with precious metals, unwrought |
7116 | Articles of natural or cultured pearls, precious or semi-precious stones (natural, synthetic or reconstructed) | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
7117 | Imitation jewellery | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product or Manufacture from base metal parts, not plated or covered with precious metals, provided the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
ex Ch. 72 | Iron and steel; except for heading Nos 7207, 7208 to 7216, 7217, ex 7218, 7219 to 7222, 7223, ex 7224, 7225 to 7227, 7228 and 7229 for which the rules are set out below | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
7207 | Semi-finished products of iron or non-alloy steel | Manufacture from materials of heading Nos 7201, 7202, 7203, 7204 or 7205 |
7208 to 7216 | Flat-rolled products, bars and rods, angles, shapes and sections of iron or non-alloy steel | Manufacture from ingots or other primary forms of heading No 7206 |
7217 | Wire of iron or non-alloy steel | Manufacture from semi-finished materials of heading No 7207 |
ex 7218, 7219 to 7222 | Semi-finished products, flat rolled products, bars and rods, angles, shapes and sections of stainless steel | Manufacture from ingots or other primary forms of heading No 7218 |
7223 | Wire of stainless steel | Manufacture from semi-finished materials of heading No 7218 |
ex 7224, 7225 to 7227 | Semi-finished products, flat rolled products, bars and rods, in irregularly wound coils, of other alloy steel | Manufacture from ingots or other primary forms of heading No 7224 |
7228 | Other bars and rods of other alloy steel; angles, shapes and sections, of other alloy steel; hollow drill bars and rods, of alloy or non-alloy steel | Manufacture from ingots or other primary forms of heading Nos 7206, 7218 or 7224 |
7229 | Wire of other alloy steel | Manufacture from semi-finished materials of heading No 7224 |
ex Ch. 73 | Articles of iron or steel; except for heading Nos ex 7301, 7302, 7304, 7305, 7306, ex 7307, 7308, and ex 7315 for which the rules are set out below | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
ex 7301 | Sheet piling | Manufacture from materials of heading No 7206 |
7302 | Railway or tramway track construction material of iron or steel, the following: rails, checkrails and rack rails, switch blades, crossing frogs, point rods and other crossing pieces, sleepers (cross-ties), fish-plates, chairs, chair wedges, sole plates (base plates), rail clips, bedplates, ties and other material specialized for jointing or fixing rails | Manufacture from materials of heading No 7206 |
7304, 7305 and 7306 | Tubes, pipes and hollow profiles, of iron (other than cast iron) or steel | Manufacture from materials of heading Nos 7206, 7207, 7218 or 7224 |
ex 7307 | Tube or pipe fittings of stainless steel (ISO No X5 Cr NiMo 1712), consisting of several parts | Turning, drilling, reaming, threading, deburring and sandblasting of forged blanks the value of which does not exceed 35% of the ex-works price of the product |
7308 | Structures (excluding prefabricated buildings of heading No 9406) and parts of structures (for example, bridges and bridge-sections, lock-gates, towers, lattice masts, roofs, roofing frameworks, doors and windows and their frames and thresholds for doors, shutters, balustrades, pillars and columns), of iron or steel; plates, rods, angles, shapes, sections, tubes and the like, prepared for use in structures, of iron or steel | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product. However, welded angles, shapes and sections of heading No 7301 may not be used |
ex 7315 | Skid chains | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials of heading No 7315 used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
ex Ch. 74 | Copper and articles thereof; except for heading Nos 7401, 7402, 7403, 7404 and 7405 for which the rules are set out below | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
7401 | Copper mattes; cement copper (precipitated copper) | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
7402 | Unrefined copper; copper anodes for electrolytic refining | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
7403 | Refined copper and copper alloys, unwrought: | |
- refined copper | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
- copper alloys | Manufacture from refined copper, unwrought, or waste and scrap |
7404 | Copper waste and scrap | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
7405 | Master alloys of copper | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
ex Ch. 75 | Nickel and articles thereof; except for heading Nos 7501 to 7503 the rules for which are set out below | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
7501 to 7503 | Nickel mattes, nickel-oxide sinters and other intermediate products of nickel metallurgy; unwrought nickel; nickel waste and scrap | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
ex Ch. 76 | Aluminium and articles thereof; except for heading Nos 7601, 7602 and ex 7616 for which the rules are set out below | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
7601 | Unwrought aluminium | Manufacture by thermal or electrolytic treatment from unalloyed aluminium or waste and scrap of aluminium |
7602 | Aluminium waste or scrap | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
ex 7616 | Aluminium articles other than gauze, cloth, grill, netting, fencing, reinforcing fabric and similar materials (including endless bands) of aluminium wire, and expanded metal of aluminium | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product; however, gauze, cloth, grill, netting, fencing, reinforcing fabric and similar materials (including endless bands) of aluminium wire, or expanded metal of aluminium may be used, and - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
ex Ch. 78 | Lead and articles thereof; except for heading Nos 7801 and 7802 the rules for which are set out below | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
7801 | Unwrought lead: | |
- Refined lead | Manufacture from ‘bullion’ or ‘work’ lead |
- Other | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product. However, waste and scrap of heading No 7802 may not be used |
7802 | Lead waste and scrap | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
ex Ch. 79 | Zinc and articles thereof; except for heading Nos 7901 and 7902 the rules for which are set out below | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
7901 | Unwrought zinc | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product. However, waste and scrap of heading No 7902 may not be used |
7902 | Zinc waste and scrap | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
ex Ch. 80 | Tin and articles thereof; except for heading Nos 8001, 8002 and 8007 the rules for which are set out below | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
8001 | Unwrought tin | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product. However, waste and scrap of heading No 8002 may not be used |
8002 and 8007 | Tin waste and scrap; other articles of tin | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
Ch. 81 | Other base metals; cermets; articles thereof: | |
- Other base metals, wrought; articles thereof: | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials classified within the same heading as the product used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
- Other | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
ex Ch. 82 | Tools, implements, cutlery, spoons and forks, of base metal; parts thereof of base metal; except for heading Nos 8206, 8207, 8208, ex 8211, 8214 and 8215 the rules for which are set out below | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
8206 | Tools of two or more of the heading Nos 8202 to 8205, put up in sets for retail sale | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than heading Nos 8202 to 8205. However, tools of heading Nos 8202 to 8205 may be incorporated into the set provided their value does not exceed 15% of the ex-works price of the set |
8207 | Interchangeable tools for hand tools, whether or not power-operated, or for machine tools (for example, for pressing, stamping, punching, tapping, threading, drilling, boring, broaching, milling, turning or screw driving), including dies for drawing or extruding metal, and rock-drilling or earth-boring tools | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
8208 | Knives and cutting blades, for machines or for mechanical appliances | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
ex 8211 | Knives with cutting blades, serrated or not (including pruning knives), other than knives of heading No 8208 | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product. However, knife blades and handles of base metal may be used |
8214 | Other articles of cutlery (for example, hair clippers, butchers' or kitchen cleavers, choppers and mincing knives, paper knives); manicure or pedicure sets and instruments (including nail files) | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product. However, handles of base metal may be used |
8215 | Spoons, forks, ladles, skimmers, cake-servers, fish-knives, butter-knives, sugar tongs and similar kitchen or tableware | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product. However, handles of base metal may be used |
ex Ch. 83 | Miscellaneous articles of base metal; except for heading No ex 8306 for which the rule is set out below | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
ex 8306 | Statuettes and other ornaments, of base metal | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product. However, the other materials of heading No 8306 may be used provided their value does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product |
ex Ch. 84 | Nuclear reactors, boilers, machinery and mechanical appliances; parts thereof; except for heading Nos ex 8401, 8402, 8403, ex 8404, 8406 to 8409, 8411, 8412, ex 8413, ex 8414, 8415, 8418, ex 8419, 8420, 8423, 8425 to 8430, ex 8431, 8439, 8441, 8444 to 8447, ex 8448, 8452, 8456 to 8466, 8469 to 8472, 8480, 8482, 8484 and 8485 for which the rules are set out below | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product
ex 8401 | Nuclear fuel elements | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product
8402 | Steam or other vapour-generating boilers (other than central heating hot water boilers capable also of producing low pressure steam); super heated water boilers | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 25% of the ex-works price of the product
8403 and ex 8404 | Central-heating boilers other than those of heading No 8402 and auxiliary plant for central heating boilers | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than heading Nos 8403 or 8404. | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product
8406 | Steam turbines and other vapour turbines | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
8407 | Spark-ignition reciprocating or rotary internal combustion piston engines | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
8408 | Compression-ignition internal combustion piston engines (diesel or semi-diesel engines) | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
8409 | Parts suitable for use solely or principally with the engines of heading Nos 8407 or 8408 | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
8411 | Turbo-jets, turbo-propellers and other gas turbines | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 25% of the ex-works price of the product - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 25% of the ex-works price of the product
8412 | Other engines and motors | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
ex 8413 | Rotary positive displacement pumps | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 25% of the ex-works price of the product
ex 8414 | Industrial fans, blowers and the like | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product. | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 25% of the ex-works price of the product
8415 | Air-conditioning machines, comprising a motor-driven fan and elements for changing the temperature and humidity, including those machines in which the humidity cannot be separately regulated | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
8418 | Refrigerators, freezers and other refrigerating or freezing equipment, electric or other; heat pumps other than air-conditioning machines of heading No 8415 | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product, and - where the value of all the non-originating materials used does not exceed the value of the originating materials used | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 25% of the ex-works price of the product
ex 8419 | Machines for the wood, paper pulp and paperboard industries | Manufacture: - in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product, and - where, within the above limit, the materials classified within the same heading as the product are only used up to a value of 25% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product
8420 | Calendering or other rolling machines, other than for metals or glass, and cylinders therefor | Manufacture: - in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product, and - where, within the above limit, the materials classified within the same heading as the product are only used up to a value of 25% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product
8423 | Weighing machinery (excluding balances of a sensitivity of 5 cg or better), including weight-operated counting or checking machines; weighing-machine weights of all kinds | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 25% of the ex-works price of the product
8425 to 8428 | Lifting, handling, loading or unloading machinery | Manufacture: - in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product, and - where, within the above limit, the materials classified within heading No 8431 are only used up to a value of 10% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product
8429 | Self-propelled bulldozers, angle-dozers, graders, levellers, scrapers, mechanical shovels, excavators, shovel loaders, tamping machines and road rollers: | |
- Road rollers | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
- Other | Manufacture: - in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product, and - where, within the above limit, the value of the materials classified within heading No 8431 are only used up to a value of 10% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product
8430 | Other moving, grading, levelling, scraping, excavating, tamping, compacting, extracting or boring machinery, for earth, minerals or ores; pile-drivers and pile-extractors; snow-ploughs and snow-blowers | Manufacture: - in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product, and - where, within the above limit, the value of the materials classified within heading No 8431 are only used up to a value of 10% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product
ex 8431 | Parts for road rollers | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
8439 | Machinery for making pulp of fibrous cellulosic material or for making or finishing paper or paperboard | Manufacture: - in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product, and - where, within the above limit, the materials classified within the same heading as the product are only used up to a value of 25% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product
8441 | Other machinery for making up paper pulp, paper or paperboard, including cutting machines of all kinds | Manufacture: - in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed. 40% of the ex-works price of the product, and - where, within the above limit, the materials classified within the same heading as the product are only used up to a value of 25% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product
8444 to 8447 | Machines of these headings for use in the textile industry | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
ex 8448 | Auxiliary machinery for use with machines of headings Nos 8444 and 8445 | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
8452 | Sewing machines, other than book-sewing machines of heading No 8440; furniture, bases and covers specially designed for sewing machines; sewing-machine needles: | |
- Sewing machines (lock stitch only) with heads of a weight not exceeding 16 kg without motor or 17 kg with motor | Manufacture: - in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product, - where the value of all the non-originating materials used in assembling the head (without motor) does not exceed the value of the originating materials used, and - the thread tension, crochet and zigzag mechanisms used are already originating |
- Other | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
8456 to 8466 | Machine tools and machines and their parts and accessories of heading Nos 8456 to 8466 | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
8469 to 8472 | Office machines (for example, typewriters, calculating machines, automatic data-processing machines, duplicating machines, stapling machines) | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
8480 | Moulding boxes for metal foundry; mould bases; moulding patterns; moulds for metal (other than ingot moulds), metal carbides, glass, mineral materials, rubber or plastics | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
8482 | Ball or roller bearings | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 25% of the ex-works price of the product
8484 | Gaskets and similar joints of metal sheeting combined with other material or of two or more layers of metal; sets or assortments of gaskets and similar joints, dissimilar in composition, put up in pouches, envelopes or similar packings | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
8485 | Machinery parts, not containing electrical connectors, insulators, coils, contacts or other electrical features, not specified or included elsewhere in this chapter | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
ex Ch. 85 | Electrical machinery and equipment and parts thereof; sound recorders and reproducers, television image and sound recorders and reproducers and parts and accessories of such articles; except for heading Nos 8501, 8502, ex 8518, 8519 to 8529, 8535 to 8537, ex 8541, 8542, 8544 to 8548 for which the rules are set out below | Manufacture in which - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product
8501 | Electric motors and generators (excluding generating sets) | Manufacture: - in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product, and - where, within the above limit, the materials classified within heading No 8503 are only used up to a value of 10% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product
8502 | Electric generating sets and rotary converters | Manufacture: - in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product, and - where, within the above limit, the materials classified within heading Nos 8501 or 8503, taken together, are only used up to a value of 10% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product
ex 8518 | Microphones and stands therefor; loudspeakers, whether or not mounted in their enclosures; audiofrequency electric amplifiers; electric sound amplifier sets | Manufacture: - in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product, and - where the value of all the non-originating materials used does not exceed the value of the originating materials used | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 25% of the ex-works price of the product
8519 | Turntables (record-decks), record-players, cassette-players and other sound reproducing apparatus, not incorporating a sound recording device: | |
- Electric gramophones | Manufacture: - in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product, and - where the value of all the non-originating materials used does not exceed the value of the originating materials used | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 25% of the ex-works price of the product
- Other | Manufacture: - in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product, and - where the value of all the non-originating materials used does not exceed the value of the originating materials used | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product
8520 | Magnetic tape recorders and other sound recording apparatus, whether or not incorporating a sound reproducing device | Manufacture: - in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product, and - where the value of all the non-originating materials used does not exceed the value of the originating materials used | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product
8521 | Video-recording or reproducing apparatus | Manufacture: - in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product, and - where the value of all the non-originating materials used does not exceed the value of the originating materials used | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product
8522 | Parts and accessories of apparatus of heading Nos 8519 to 8521 | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
8523 | Prepared unrecorded media for sound recording or similar recording of other phenomena, other than products of Chapter 37 | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
8524 | Records, tapes and other recorded media for sound or other similarly recorded phenomena, including matrices and masters for the production of records, but excluding products of Chapter 37: | |
- Matrices and masters for the production of records | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
- Other | Manufacture: - in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product, and - where, within the above limit, the materials classified within heading No 8523 are only used up to a value of 10% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product
8525 | Transmission apparatus for radio-telephony, radio-telegraphy, radiobroadcasting or television, whether or not incorporating reception apparatus or sound recording or reproducing apparatus; television cameras | Manufacture: - in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product, and - where the value of all the non-originating materials used does not exceed the value of the originating materials used | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 25% of the ex-works price of the product
8526 | Radar apparatus, radio navigational aid apparatus and radio remote control apparatus | Manufacture: - in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product, and - where the value of all the non-originating materials used does not exceed the value of the originating materials used | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 25% of the ex-works price of the product
8527 | Reception apparatus for radio-telephony, radio-telegraphy or radio-broadcasting, whether or not combined, in the same housing, with sound recording or reproducing apparatus or a clock | Manufacture: - in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product, and - where the value of all the non-originating materials used does not exceed the value of the originating materials used | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 25% of the ex-works price of the product
8528 | Television receivers (including video monitors and video projectors), whether or not combined, in the same housing, with radio-broadcast receivers or sound or video recording or reproducing apparatus: | |
- Video recording or reproducing apparatus incorporating a video tuner | Manufacture: - in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product, and - where the value of all the non-originating materials used does not exceed the value of the originating materials used | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product
- Other | Manufacture: - in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product, and - where the value of all the non-originating materials used does not exceed the value of the originating materials used | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 25% of the ex-works price of the product
8529 | Parts suitable for use solely or principally with the apparatus of heading Nos 8525 to 8528: | |
- Suitable for use solely or principally with video recording or reproducing apparatus | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
- Other | Manufacture: - in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product, and - where the value of all the non-originating materials used does not exceed the value of the originating materials used | Manufacture in which: - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 25% of the ex-works price of the product
8535 and 8536 | Electrical apparatus for switching or protecting electrical circuits, or for making connections to or in electrical circuits | Manufacture: - in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product, and - where, within the above limit, the materials classified within heading No 8538 are only used up to a value of 10% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product
8537 | Boards, panels (including numerical control panels), consoles, desks, cabinets and other bases, equipped with two or more apparatus of heading Nos 8535 or 8536, for electric control or the distribution of electricity, including those incorporating instruments or apparatus of Chapter 90, other than switching apparatus of heading No 8517 | Manufacture: - in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product, and - where, within the above limit, the materials classified within heading No 8538 are only used up to a value of 10% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product
ex 8541 | Diodes, transistors and similar semi-conductor devices, except wafers not yet cut into chips | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 25% of the ex-works price of the product
8542 | Electronic integrated circuits and microassemblies | Manufacture: - in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product, and - where, within the above limit, the materials classified within heading Nos 8541 or 8542, taken together, are only used up to a value of 10% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 25% of the ex-works price of the product
8544 | Insulated (including enamelled or anodized) wire, cable (including coaxial cable) and other insulated electric conductors, whether or not fitted with connectors; optical-fibre cables, made up of individually sheathed fibres, whether or not assembled with electric conductors or fitted with connectors | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
8545 | Carbon electrodes, carbon brushes, lamp carbons, battery carbons and other articles of graphite or other carbon, with or without metal, of a kind used for electrical purposes | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
8546 | Electrical insulators of any material | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
8547 | Insulating fittings for electrical machines, appliances or equipment, being fittings wholly of insulating material apart from any minor components of metal (for example, threaded sockets) incorporated during moulding solely for purposes of assembly other than insulators of heading No 8546; electrical conduit tubing and joints therefor, of base metal lined with insulating material | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
8548 | Electrical parts of machinery or apparatus, not specified or included elsewhere in this chapter | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
8601 to 8607 | Railway or tramway locomotives, rolling-stock and parts thereof | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
8608 | Railway or tramway track fixtures and fittings; mechanical (including electro-mechanical) signalling, safety or traffic control equipment for railways, tramways, roads, inland waterways, parking facilities, port installations or airfields; parts of the foregoing | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product
8609 | Containers (including containers for the transport of fluids) especially designed and equipped for carriage by one or more modes of transport | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
ex Ch. 87 | Vehicles other than railway or tramway rolling-stock and parts and accessories thereof; except for heading Nos 8709 to 8711, ex 8712, 8715 and 8716 for which the rules are set out below | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
8709 | Works trucks, self-propelled, not fitted with lifting or handling equipment, of the type used in factories, warehouses, dock areas or airports for short distance transport of goods; tractors of the type used on railway station platforms; parts of the foregoing vehicles | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product
8710 | Tanks and other armoured fighting vehicles, motorized, whether or not fitted with weapons, and parts of such vehicles | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product
8711 | Motorcycles (including mopeds) and cycles fitted with an auxiliary motor, with or without side-cars; side-cars: | |
- With reciprocating internal combustion piston engine of a cylinder capacity: | |
- - Not exceeding 50cc | Manufacture: - in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product, and - where the value of all the non-originating materials used does not exceed the value of the originating materials used | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 20% of the ex-works price of the product
- - Exceeding 50cc | Manufacture: - in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product, and - where the value of all the non-originating materials used does not exceed the value of the originating materials used | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 25% of the ex-works price of the product
- Other | Manufacture: - in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product, and - where the value of all the non-originating materials used does not exceed the value of the originating materials used | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product
ex 8712 | Bicycles without ball bearings | Manufacture from materials not classified in heading No 8714 | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product
8715 | Baby carriages and parts thereof | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and - the value of the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product
8716 | Trailers and semitrailers; other vehicles, not mechanically propelled; parts thereof | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product
ex Ch. 88 | Aircraft, spacecraft, and parts thereof; except for heading Nos ex 8804 and 8805 for which the rules are set out below | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product
ex 8804 | Rotochutes | Manufacture from materials of any heading including other materials of heading No 8804 | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product
8805 | Aircraft launching gear; deckarrestor or similar gear; ground flying trainers; parts of the foregoing articles | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product
Ch. 89 | Ships, boats and floating structures | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product. However, hulls of heading No 8906 may not be used | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product
ex Ch. 90 | Optical, photographic, cinematographic, measuring, checking, precision, medical or surgical instruments and apparatus; parts and accessories thereof; except for heading Nos 9001, 9002, 9004, ex 9005, ex 9006, 9007, 9011, ex 9014, 9015 to 9020 and 9024 to 9033 for which the rules are set out below | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product
9001 | Optical fibres and optical-fibre bundles; optical-fibre cables other than those of heading No 8544; sheets and plates of polarizing material; lenses (including contact lenses), prisms, mirrors and other optical elements, of any material, unmounted, other than such elements of glass not optically worked | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
9002 | Lenses, prisms, mirrors and other optical elements, of any material, mounted, being parts of or fittings for instruments or apparatus, other than such elements of glass not optically worked | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
9004 | Spectacles, goggles and the like, corrective, protective or other | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
ex 9005 | Binoculars, monoculars, other optical telescopes, and mountings therefor, except for astronomical refracting telescopes and mountings therefor | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product, and - where the value of all the non-originating materials used does not exceed the value of the originating materials used | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product
ex 9006 | Photographic (other than cinematographic) cameras; photographic flashlight apparatus and flashbulbs other than electrically ignited flashbulbs | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product, and - where the value of all the non-originating materials used does not exceed the value of the originating materials used | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product
9007 | Cinematographic cameras and projectors, whether or not incorporating sound recording or reproducing apparatus | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product, and - where the value of all the non-originating materials used does not exceed the value of the originating materials used | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product
9011 | Compound optical microscopes, including those for microphotography, microcinematography or microprojection | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product, and - where the value of all the non-originating materials used does not exceed the value of the originating materials used | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product
ex 9014 | Other navigational instruments and appliances | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
9015 | Surveying (including photogrammetrical surveying), hydro-graphic, oceanographic, hydro-logical, meteorological or geophysical instruments and appliances, excluding compasses; rangefinders | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
9016 | Balances of a sensitivity of 5 cg or better, with or without weights | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
9017 | Drawing, marking-out or mathematical calculating instruments (for example, drafting machines, pantographs, protractors, drawing sets, slide-rules, disc calculators); instruments for measuring length, for use in the hand (for example, measuring rods and tapes, micrometers, callipers), not specified or included elsewhere in this chapter | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
9018 | Instruments and appliances used in medical, surgical, dental or veterinary sciences, including scintigraphic apparatus, other electro-medical apparatus and sighttesting instruments: | |
- Dentists' chairs incorporating dental appliances or dentists' spittoons | Manufacture from materials of any heading, including other materials of heading No 9018 | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product
- Other | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 25% of the ex-works price of the product
9019 | Mechano-therapy appliances; massage apparatus; psychological aptitude-testing apparatus; ozone therapy, oxygen therapy, aerosol therapy, artificial respiration or other therapeutic respiration apparatuses | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 25% of the ex-works price of the product
9020 | Other breathing appliances and gas masks, excluding protective masks having neither mechanical parts nor replaceable filters | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 25% of the ex-works price of the product
9024 | Machines and appliances for testing the hardness, strength, compressibility, elasticity or other mechanical properties of materials (for example, metals, wood, textiles, paper, plastics) | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
9025 | Hydrometers and similar floating instruments, thermometers, pyrometers, barometers, hydrometers and psychrometers, recording or not, and any combination of these instruments | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
9026 | Instruments and apparatus for measuring or checking the flow, level, pressure or other variables of liquids or gases (for example, flow meters, level gauges, manometers, heat meters), excluding instruments and apparatus of heading Nos 9014, 9015, 9028 or 9032 | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
9027 | Instruments and apparatus for physical or chemical analysis (for example, polarimeters, refractometers, spectrometers, gas or smoke analysis apparatus); instruments and apparatus for measuring or checking viscosity, porosity, expansion, surface tension or the like; instruments and apparatus for measuring or checking quantities of heat, sound or light (including exposure meters); microtomes | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
9028 | Gas, liquid or electricity supply or production meters, including calibrating meters therefor: | |
- Parts and accessories | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
- Other | Manufacture: - in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product, and - where the value of all the non-originating materials used does not exceed the value of the originating materials used | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product
9029 | Revolution counters, production counters, taximeters, mileometers, pedometers and the like; speed indicators and tachometers, other than those of heading No 9015; stroboscopes | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
9030 | Oscilloscopes, spectrum analysers and other instruments and apparatus for measuring or checking electrical quantities, excluding meters of heading No 9028; instruments and apparatus for measuring or detecting alpha, beta, gamma, X-ray, cosmic or other ionizing radiations | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
9031 | Measuring or checking instruments, appliances and machines, not specified or included elsewhere in this Chapter; profile projectors | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
9032 | Automatic regulating or controlling instruments and apparatus | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
9033 | Parts and accessories (not specified or included elsewhere in this chapter) for machines, appliances, instruments or apparatus of Chapter 90 | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
ex Ch. 91 | Clocks and watches and parts thereof; except for heading Nos 9105 and 9109 to 9113 for which the rules are set out below | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
9105 | Other clocks | Manufacture: - in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product, and - where the value of all the non-originating materials used does not exceed the value of the originating materials used | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product
9109 | Clock movements, complete and assembled | Manufacture: - in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product, and - where the value of all the non-originating materials used does not exceed the value of the originating materials used | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product
9110 | Complete watch or clock movements, unassembled or partly assembled (movement sets); incomplete watch or clock movements, assembled; rough watch or clock movements | Manufacture: - in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product, and - where, within the above limit, the materials classified within heading No 9114 are only used up to a value of 10% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product
9111 | Watch cases and parts thereof | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product
9112 | Clock cases and cases of a similar type for other goods of this chapter, and parts thereof | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product
9113 | Watch straps, watch bands and watch bracelets, and parts thereof: | |
- Of base metal, whether or not plated, or of clad precious metal | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
- Other | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
Ch. 92 | Musical instruments; parts and accessories of such articles | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 40% of the ex-works price of the product |
Ch. 93 | Arms and ammunition; parts and accessories thereof | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
ex Ch. 94 | Furniture; bedding, mattresses, mattress supports, cushions and similar stuffed furnishings; lamps and lighting fittings, not elsewhere specified or included; illuminated signs, illuminated name-plates and the like; prefabricated buildings; except for heading Nos ex 9401, ex 9403, 9405 and 9406 for which the rules are set out below | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
ex 9401 and ex 9403 | Base metal furniture, incorporating unstuffed cotton cloth of a weight of 300 g/m2 or less | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used are classified in a heading other than that of the product or Manufacture from cotton cloth already made up in a form ready for use of heading No 9401 or 9403, provided: - its value does not exceed 25% of the ex-works price of the product, and - all the other materials used are already originating and are classified in a heading other than heading No 9401 or 9403 |
9405 | Lamps and lighting fittings including searchlights and spotlights and parts thereof, not elsewhere specified or included; illuminated signs, illuminated name-plates and the like, having a permanently fixed light source, and parts thereof not elsewhere specified or included | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
9406 | Prefabricated buildings | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
ex Ch. 95 | Toys, games and sports requisites; parts and accessories thereof; except for heading Nos 9503 and ex 9506 for which the rules are set out below | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
9503 | Other toys; reduced-size (‘scale’) models and similar recreational models, working or not; puzzles of all kinds | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
ex 9506 | Articles and equipment for gymnastics, athletics, other sports (excluding table tennis) or outdoor games not specified or included elsewhere in this chapter; swimming pools and paddling pools | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product. However, roughly shaped blocks for making golf club heads may be used |
ex Ch. 96 | Miscellaneous manufactured articles; except for heading Nos ex 9601, ex 9602, ex 9603, 9605, 9606, 9612, ex 9613 and ex 9614 for which the rules are set out below | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
ex 9601 and ex 9602 | Articles of animal, vegetable or mineral carving materials | Manufacture from ‘worked’ carving materials of the same heading |
ex 9603 | Brooms and brushes (except for besoms and the like and brushes made from marten or squirrel hair), hand-operated mechanical floor sweepers, not motorized, paint pads and rollers, squeegees and mops | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
9605 | Travel sets for personal toilet, sewing or shoe or clothes cleaning | Each item in the set must satisfy the rule, which would apply to it if it were not included in the set. However, non-originating articles may be incorporated, provided their total value does not exceed 15% of the ex-works price of the set |
9606 | Buttons, press-fasteners, snap-fasteners and press-studs, button moulds and other parts of these articles; button blanks | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and. - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
9612 | Typewriter or similar ribbons, inked or otherwise prepared for giving impressions, whether or not on spools or in cartridges; ink-pads, whether or not inked, with or without boxes | Manufacture in which: - all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product, and - the value of all the materials used does not exceed 50% of the ex-works price of the product |
ex 9613 | Lighters with piezo-igniter | Manufacture in which the value of all the materials of heading No 9613 used does not exceed 30% of the ex-works price of the product |
ex 9614 | Smoking pipes and pipe bowls | Manufacture from roughly shaped blocks |
Ch. 97 | Works of art, collectors' pieces and antiques | Manufacture in which all the materials used are classified within a heading other than that of the product |
APPENDIX III

Movement certificate EUR.1 and application for a movement certificate EUR.1

Printing instructions
1. Each form shall measure 210 x 297 mm; a tolerance of up to minus 5 mm or plus 8 mm in the length may be allowed. The paper used must be white, sized for writing, not containing mechanical pulp and weighing not less than 25 g/m2. It shall have a printed green guilloche pattern background making any falsification by mechanical or chemical means apparent to the eye.
2. The public authorities of the EEA countries may reserve the right to print the forms themselves or may have them printed by approved printers. In the latter case, each form must include a reference to such approval. Each form must bear the name and address of the printer or a mark by which the printer can be identified. It shall also bear a serial number, either printed or not, by which it can be identified.
APPENDIX IV

Invoice declaration
The invoice declaration, the text of which is given overleaf, must be made out in accordance with the footnotes. However, the footnotes do not have to be reproduced.
The exporter of the products covered by this document (customs authorization No ... ) declares that, except where otherwise clearly indicated, these products are of EEA preferential origin.

Spanish version
El exportador de los productos incluidos en el presente documento (autorización aduanera no ... ) declara que, salvo indicación en sentido contrario, estos productos gozan de un origen preferencial EEE.

Danish version
Eksportøren af varer, der er omfattet af nærværende dokument, (toldmyndighedernes tilladelse nr. ... ), erklærer, at varerne, medmindre andet tydeligt er angivet, har præferenceoprindelse i EØS.

German version
Der Ausführer (Ermächtigter Ausführer; Bewilligungs-Nr. ... ) der Waren, auf die sich dieses Handelspapier bezieht erklärt, daß diese Waren, soweit nicht anders angegeben, präferenzbegünstigte EWR-Ursprungswaren sind.

Greek version
Ο εξαγωγέας των προϊόντων που καλύπτονται από το παρόν έγγραφο (άδεια τελωνείου υπ' αριθ. ... ) δηλώνει ότι, εκτός εάν δηλώνεται σαφώς, τα προϊόντα αυτά είναι προτιμησιακής καταγωγής ΕΟΧ.

French version
L'exportateur des produits couverts par le présent document (autorisation douanière no ... ) déclare que, sauf indication claire du contraire, ces produits ont l'origine préférentielle EEE.

Italian version
L'esportatore delle merci contemplate nel presente documento (autorizzazione doganale n. ... ) dichiara che, salvo indicazione contraria, le merci sono di origine preferenziale SEE.

Dutch version
De exporteur van de goederen waarop dit document van toepassing is (douanevergunning nr. ... ), verklaart dat, behoudens uitdrukkelijke andersluidende vermelding, deze goederen van preferentiële EER-oorsprong zijn.

Portuguese version
O abaixo assinado, exportador dos produtos cobertos pelo presente documento (autorização aduaneira no ... ), declara que, salvo expressamente indicado em contrário, estes produtos são de origem preferencial EEE.

Icelandic version
Útflytjandi framleiðsluvara sem skjal þetta tekur til (leyfi tollyfirvalda nr. ... ), lýsir því yfir, að vörurnar séu, ef annars er ekki greinilega getið, af EES-fríðindauppruna.

Norwegian version
Eksportøren av produktene omfattet av dette dokument (tollmyndighetenes autorisasjonsnr. ... ) erklærer at disse produktene, unntatt hvor annet er tydelig angitt, har EØS preferanseopprinnelse.

Finnish version
Tässä asiakirjassa mainittujen tuotteiden viejä (tullin lupanumero ... ) ilmoittaa, että nämä tuotteet ovat, ellei toisin ole selvästi merkitty, etuuskohteluun oikeuttavaa ETA-alkuperää.

Swedish version
Exportören av de varor som omfattas av detta dokument (tullmyndighetens tillstånd nr. ... ) försäkrar att dessa varor, om inte annat tydligt markerats, har förmånsberättigande EES-ursprung.
...
(Place and date)
...
(Signature of the exporter; in addition the name of the person signing the declaration has to be indicated in clear script)
APPENDIX V

Supplier's declaration
The supplier's declaration, the text of which is given below, must be made out in accordance with the footnotes. However, the footnotes do not have to be reproduced.
APPENDIX VI

Long-term supplier's declaration
The long-term supplier's declaration, the text of which is given below, must be made out in accordance with the footnotes. However, the footnotes do not have to be reproduced.
APPENDIX VII

List of products referred to in Article 2(3) which are temporarily excluded from the scope of this Protocol except for the provisions in Titles IV to VI
HS heading No | Description of product
ex 2707 | Oils in which the weight of the aromatic constituents exceeds that of the non-aromatic constituents, being oils similar to mineral oils obtained by distillation of high temperature coal tar, of which more than 65% by volume distils at a temperature of up to 250oC (including mixtures of petroleum spirit and benzole), for use as power or heating fuels
2709 to 2715 | Mineral oils and products of their distillation; bituminous to substances; mineral waxes
ex 2901 | Acyclic hydrocarbons for use as power or heating fuels
ex 2902 | Cyclanes and cyclenes (other than azulenes), benzene, toluene, xylenes, for use as power or heating fuels
ex 3403 | Lubricating preparations containing petroleum oils or oils obtained from bituminous minerals, provided they represent less than 70% by weight
ex 3404 | Artificial waxes and prepared waxes with a basis of paraffin, petroleum waxes, waxes obtained from bituminous minerals, slack wax or scale wax
ex 3811 | Prepared additives for lubricating oil, containing petroleum oils or oils obtained from bituminous minerals
APPENDIX VIII

List of products referred to in Article 2(2) in respect of which the territory of the Republic of Austria is excluded from that of the EEA for the purpose of determining origin
HS heading No | Description of product
ex 3505 | Dextrins and other modified starches other than starches, esterified or etherized; glues
ex 3809 | Finishing agents, dye carriers to accelerate the dyeing or fixing of dyestuffs and other products and preparations (for example, dressings and mordants), of a kind used in the textile, paper, leather or like industries, not elsewhere specified or included, with a basis of amylaceous substances or containing starch or products derived from starch
ex 3823 | Prepared binders for foundry moulds or cases; chemical products and preparations of the chemical or allied industries (including those consisting of mixtures of natural products), not elsewhere specified or included, residual products of the chemical or allied industries, not elsewhere specified or included: - Prepared binders for foundry moulds or cases, containing starch or products derived from starch - Other (than naphthenic acids, their water-insoluble salts and their esters, non-agglomerated metal carbides mixed together or with metallic binders, prepared additives for cements, mortars or concretes, non-refractory mortars and concretes and Sorbitol other than that of subheading No 2905 44), with a total content of sugar, starch, products derived from starch or goods of heading Nos 0401 to 0404 of 30% by weight or more
PROTOCOL 5
on customs duties of a fiscal nature (Liechtenstein, Switzerland)
1.
Without prejudice to paragraph 2 of this Protocol, Liechtenstein and Switzerland may retain temporarily customs duties of a fiscal nature for products falling under the tariff headings specified in the annexed table while observing the conditions of Article 14 of the Agreement, Concerning tariff headings Nos 0901 and ex 2101, these customs duties shall be abolished at the latest on 31 December 1996.
2.
When production is started in Liechtenstein or Switzerland of a product of like kind to one of those listed in the table, the customs duty of a fiscal nature to which the latter product is subject must be abolished.
3.

The EEA Joint Committee shall examine the situation before the end of 1996.
TABLE
Tariff heading No | Description of goods
0901 | Coffee, whether or not roasted or decaffeinated; coffee husks and skins; substitutes containing coffee in any proportion (for a transitional period of four years)
ex 2101 | Extracts, essences and concentrates, of coffee, and preparations with a basis of these extracts, essences and concentrations (for a transitional period of four years)
2707. 1010/9990 2709. 0010/0090 2710. 0011/0029 | Mineral oils and products of their distillation
2711. 1110/2990 | Petroleum gases and other gaseous hydrocarbons
ex all tariff chapters | Products which are used as motor fuels
ex 8407 | Spark-ignition reciprocating or rotary internal combustion piston engines, for motor vehicles of heading Nos 8702.9010, 8703.1000/2420, 9010/9030, 8704.3110/3120, 9010/9020
ex 8408 | Compression-ignition internal combustion piston engines (diesel or semi-diesel engines), for motor vehicles of heading Nos 8702.1010, 8703.1000, 3100/3320, 8704.2110/2120
ex 8409 | Parts suitable for use solely or principally with the engines of heading Nos 8407 or 8408:
– Cylinder blocks and cylinder heads for motor vehicles of heading Nos 8702.1010, 9010, 8703.1000/2420, 3100/3320, 8704.2110/2120, 3110/3120
ex 8702 | Public-transport-type passenger motor vehicles, weighing each not more than 1 600 kg
ex 8703 | Motor cars and other motor vehicles principally designed for the transport of persons (other than those of heading No 8702), including station wagons and racing cars
ex 8704 | Motor vehicles for the transport of goods, weighing each not more than 1 600 kg
ex 8706 | Chassis fitted with engines, for motor vehicles of heading Nos 8702.1010, 9010, 8703.1000/9030, 8704.2110/2120, 3110/3120, 9010/9020
ex 8707 | Bodies (including cabs), for motor vehicles of heading Nos 8702.1010, 9010, 8703.1000/9030, 8704.2110/2120, 3110/3120, 9010/9020
ex 8708 | Parts and accessories of motor vehicles of heading Nos 8702.1010, 9010, 8703.1000/9030, 8704.2110/2120, 3110/3120, 9010/9020:
1000 | – bumpers and parts thereof
2990 | – other parts and accessories of bodies (including cabs), other than those of heading Nos 8708.1000/2010, not including luggage racks, licence plates and ski-racks; brakes and servo-brakes and parts thereof
3100 | – mounted brake linings
3990 | – other than compressed air tanks, for brakes
4090 | – gear boxes
5090 | – drive-axles with differential, whether or not provided with other transmission components
6090 | – non-driving axles and parts thereof
7090 | – road wheels and parts and accessories thereof, not including wheel rims and parts thereof, not surface-treated, and wheel rims and parts thereof, unfinished or roughed down
9299 | – silencers and exhaust pipes other than ordinary silencers with side tubes of a length of not more than 15 cm
9390 | – clutches and parts thereof
9490 | – steering wheels, steering columns and steering boxes
9999 | – other, not including steering-wheel covers
PROTOCOL 6
on the building up of compulsory reserves by Switzerland and Liechtenstein
Switzerland and Liechtenstein may subject to a scheme of compulsory reserves products which are indispensable for the survival of the population and, in relation to Switzerland, for the army, in times of serious supply shortages, and the production of which in Switzerland and Liechtenstein is insufficient or non-existent and the characteristics and nature of which enable reserves to be built up.
Switzerland and Liechtenstein shall apply this scheme in a manner that does not involve discrimination, direct or indirect, between the products imported from the other Contracting Parties and like or substitute national products.
PROTOCOL 7
on quantitative restrictions which Iceland may retain
Notwithstanding Article 11 of the Agreement, Iceland may retain quantitative restrictions on the products listed below:
Icelandic heading No | Designation
96.03 | Brooms, brushes (including brushes constituting parts of machines, appliances or vehicles), hand-operated mechanical floor sweepers, not motorized, mops and feather dusters; prepared knots and tufts for broom or brush making; paint pads and rollers; squeegees (other than roller squeegees): - Tooth brushes, shaving brushes, hair brushes, nail brushes, eyelash brushes and other toilet brushes for use on the person, including such brushes constituting parts of appliances:
96.03 29 | – – Other:
96.03 29 01 | – – – With brush backs of plastic material
96.03 29 09 | – – – Other
PROTOCOL 8
on State Monopolies
1.

Article 16 of the Agreement shall be applicable at the latest from 1 January 1995 in the case of the following State monopolies of a commercial character:
- Austrian monopoly on salt;
- Icelandic monopoly on fertilizers;
- Swiss and Liechtenstein monopolies on salt and gunpowder.
2.
Article 16 shall also apply to wine (HS heading No 22.04).
PROTOCOL 9
on trade in Fish and other marine products
Article 1
1.
Without prejudice to the provisions referred to in Appendix 1, the EFTA States shall upon entry into force of the Agreement abolish customs duties on imports and charges having equivalent effect on the products listed in Table I of Appendix 2.
2.
Without prejudice to the provisions referred to in Appendix 1, the EFTA States shall apply no quantitative restrictions on imports or measures having equivalent effect on the products listed in Table I of Appendix 2. In this context the provisions of Article 13 of the Agreement shall apply.
Article 2
1.
The Community shall, upon the entry into force of the Agreement, abolish customs duties on imports and charges having equivalent effect on the products listed in Table II of Appendix 2.
2.
The Community shall reduce customs duties on the products listed in Table III of Appendix 2 progressively in accordance with the following timetable:
1. on 1 January 1993 each duty shall be reduced to 86% of the basic duty;
2. four further reductions of 14% each of the basic duty shall be made on 1 January 1994, 1 January 1995, 1 January 1996 and 1 January 1997.
3.
The basic duties to which the successive reductions provided for in paragraph 2 are to be applied shall, for each product, be the duties bound by the Community under the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade, or, where the duty is not bound, the autonomous duty on 1 January 1992. Should, after 1 January 1992, any tariff reductions resulting from the multilateral trade negotiations of the Uruguay Round become applicable, such reduced duties shall be used as the basic duties.
Whenever in the context of bilateral agreements between the Community and individual EFTA States reduced duties exist for certain products, those duties shall be considered as the basic duties for each of the EFTA States concerned.
4.
The rates of duty calculated in accordance with paragraphs 2 and 3 shall be applied by rounding down to the first decimal place by deleting the second decimal.
5.
The Community shall apply no quantitative restrictions on imports or measures having equivalent effect on the products listed in Appendix 2. In this context the provisions of Article 13 of the Agreement shall apply.
Article 3
The provisions of Articles 1 and 2 shall apply to products originating in the Contracting Parties. The rules of origin are set out in Protocol 4 of the Agreement.
Article 4
1.
Aid granted through State resources to the fisheries sector which distorts competition shall be abolished.
2.
Legislation relating to the market organization in the fisheries sector shall be adjusted so as not to distort competition.
3.
The Contracting Parties shall endeavour to ensure conditions of competition which will enable the other Contracting Parties to refrain from the application of anti-dumping measures and countervailing duties.
Article 5
The Contracting Parties shall take the necessary measures to ensure that all fishing vessels flying the flag of other Contracting Parties enjoy access equal to that of their own vessels to ports and first-stage marketing installations together with all associated equipment and technical installations. Notwithstanding the provisions of the preceding paragraph, a Contracting Party may refuse landings of fish from a fish stock of common interest over the management of which there is serious disagreement.
Article 6
Should the necessary legislative adaptations not have been effected to the satisfaction of the Contracting Parties at the time of entry into force of the Agreement, any points at issue may be put to the EEA Joint Committee. In the event of failure to reach agreement, the provisions of Article 114 of the Agreement shall apply mutatis mutandis.
Article 7
The provisions of the agreements listed in Appendix 3 shall prevail over provisions of this Protocol to the extent they grant to the EFTA States concerned more favourable trade regimes than this Protocol.
APPENDIX 1
Article 1
On the following products Finland may temporarily maintain its present regime. Not later than 31 December 1992 Finland shall present a fixed timetable for the elimination of these exemptions.
HS heading No | Description of goods
ex 0302 | Fish, fresh or chilled, excluding fish fillets and other fish meat of heading No 0304: - Salmon - Baltic herring
ex 0303 | Fish, frozen, excluding fish fillets and other fish meat of heading No 0304: - Salmon - Baltic herring
ex 0304 | Fish fillets and other fish meat (whether or not minced), fresh, chilled or frozen - Fresh or chilled fillets of salmon - Fresh or chilled fillets of Baltic herring (The term ‘fillet’ shall also cover fillets where the two sides are joined together, for example, by the back or the belly.)
Article 2
1.
Liechtenstein and Switzerland may maintain customs duties on imports of the following products.
HS heading No | Description of goods
ex 0301 to 0305 | Fish, except ex 0304 frozen fillets, other than salt-water fish, eels and salmon
These arrangements shall be taken up for a review before 1 January 1993.
2.
Without prejudice to possible tariffication resulting from the multilateral trade negotiations of the Uruguay Round, Liechtenstein and Switzerland may maintain variable levies in the context of their agricultural policy for the following fish and other marine products.
HS heading No | Description of goods
ex Chapter 15 | Fats and oils for human consumption
ex Chapter 23 | Feedingstuffs for production animals
Article 3
1.
On the following products Sweden may until 31 December 1993 apply quantitative restrictions on imports, in so far as this may be necessary to avoid serious disturbances in the Swedish market.
HS heading No | Description of goods
ex 0302 | Fish, fresh or chilled, excluding fish fillets and other fish meat of heading No 0304: - Herring - Cod
2.
As long as Finland temporarily maintains its present regime with regard to Baltic herring, Sweden may apply quantitative restrictions on imports of that product when originating in Finland.
APPENDIX 2
TABLE I
HS heading No | Description of goods
0208 | Other meat and edible meat offal, fresh chilled or frozen:
ex 0208 90 | – Other:
– – Of whale
Chapter 3 | Fish and crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic invertebrates
1504 | Fats and oils and their fractions, of fish or marine mammals, whether or not refined, but not chemically modified
1516 | Animal or vegetable fats and oils and their fractions, partly or wholly hydrogenated, inter-esterified, re-esterified or elaidinized, whether or not refined, but not further prepared:
ex 1516 10 | – Animal fats and oils and their fractions:
– – Obtained entirely from fish or marine mammals
1603 | Extracts and juices of meat, fish or crustaceans, molluscs or other aquatic invertebrates:
ex 1603 00 | – Extracts and juices of whale meat, fish or crustaceans, molluscs or other aquatic invertebrates
1604 | Prepared or preserved fish; caviar and caviar substitutes prepared from fish eggs
1605 | Crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic invertebrates, prepared or preserved
2301 | Flours, meals and pellets, of meat or meat offal, of fish or of crustaceans, molluscs or other aquatic invertebrates, unfit for human consumption; greaves:
ex 2301 10 | – Flours, meals and pellets, of meat or meat offal; greaves:
– – Whale meal
ex 2301 20 | – Flours, meals and pellets of fish or of crustaceans, molluscs or other aquatic invertebrates
2309 | Preparations of a kind used in animal feeding:
ex 2309 90 | – Other
– – Fish solubles
TABLE II
CN heading No | Description of goods
0302 50 0302 69 35 0303 60 0303 79 41 0304 10 31 | Cod (Gadus morhua, Gadus ogac, Gadus macrocephalus) and fish of the species Boreogadus saida, fresh, chilled or frozen, including fillets, fresh or chilled
0302 62 00 0303 72 00 ex 0304 10 39 | Haddock (Melanogrammus aeglefinus), fresh, chilled or frozen, including fillets, fresh or chilled
0302 63 00 0303 73 00 ex 0304 10 39 | Saithe [Coalfish] (Pollachius virens), fresh, chilled or frozen, including fillets, fresh or chilled
0302 21 10 0302 21 30 0303 31 10 0303 31 30 ex 0304 10 39 | Lesser or Greenland halibut (Reinhardtius hippoglossoides) and Atlantic halibut (Hippoglossus hippoglossus), fresh, chilled or frozen, including fillets, fresh or chilled
0305 62 00 0305 69 10 | Cod (Gadus morhua, Gadus ogac, Gadus macrocephalus) and fish of the species Boreogadus saida, salted but not dried or smoked and these fish in brine
0305 51 10 0305 59 11 | Cod (Gadus morhua, Gadus ogac, Gadus macrocephalus) and fish of the species Boreogadus saida, dried, unsalted
0305 30 11 0305 30 19 | Fillets of cod (Gadus morhua, Gadus ogac, Gadus macrocephalus) and fish of the species Boreogadus saida, dried, salted or in brine, but not smoked
0305 30 90 | Other fillets, dried, salted or in brine, but not smoked
1604 19 91 | Other fillets, raw, merely coated with batter or breadcrumbs, whether or not pre-fried in oil, deep frozen
1604 30 90 | Caviar substitutes
TABLE III
In each of the following headings, the concessions granted by the Community shall not include any products specified in Table II or in the attachment to Table III.
CN heading No | Description of goods
0301 | Live fish
0302 | Fish, fresh or chilled, excluding fish fillets and other fish meat of heading No 0304
0303 | Fish, frozen, excluding fish fillets and other fish meat of heading No 0304
0304 | Fish fillets and other fish meat (whether or not minced), fresh, chilled or frozen
0305 | Fish, dried, salted or in brine; smoked fish, whether or not cooked before or during the smoking process; flours, meals and pellets of fish, fit for human consumption
0306 | Crustaceans, whether in shell or not, live, fresh, chilled, frozen, dried, salted or in brine; crustaceans, in shell, cooked by steaming or by boiling in water, whether or not chilled, frozen, dried, salted or in brine; flours, meals and pellets of crustaceans, fit for human consumption
0307 | Molluscs, whether in shell or not, live, fresh, chilled, frozen, dried, salted or in brine; aquatic invertebrates other than crustaceans and molluscs, live, fresh, chilled, frozen, dried, salted or in brine, flours, meals and pellets of aquatic invertebrates other than crustaceans, fit for human consumption
1604 | Prepared or preserved fish; caviar and caviar substitutes prepared from fish eggs
1605 | Crustaceans and molluscs, and other aquatic invertebrates, prepared or preserved
Attachment to Table III
CN heading No | Description of goods
(a) Salmon: Pacific salmon (Oncorhynchus spp.), Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) and Danube salmon (Hucho hucbo)
0301 99 11 | live
0302 12 00 | fresh or chilled
0303 10 00 | frozen Pacific
0303 22 00 | frozen Atlantic and Danube
0304 10 13 | fresh or chilled fillets
0304 20 13 | frozen fillets
ex 0304 90 97 | other frozen meat of salmon
0305 30 30 | fillets, salted or in brine, not smoked
0305 41 00 | smoked, including fillets
0305 69 50 | salted or in brine, but not dried or smoked
1604 11 00 | whole or in pieces, prepared or preserved
1604 20 10 | other prepared or preserved
(b) Herring (Clupea harengus, Clupea pallasii)
0302 40 90 | fresh or chilled, from 16.6 to 14.2
ex 0302 70 00 | livers and foes, fresh or chilled
0303 50 90 | frozen, from 16.6 to 14.2
ex 0303 80 00 | livers and roes, frozen
ex 0304 10 39 | fresh fillets of herring
0304 10 93 | fresh flaps, from 16.6 to 14.2
ex 0304 10 98 | other fresh meat of herring
0304 20 75 | frozen fillets
0304 90 25 | other frozen meat of herring, from 16.6 to 14.2
ex 0305 20 00 | livers and roes of herring, dried, smoked, salted or in brine
0305 42 00 | smoked, including fillets
0305 59 30 | dried, whether or not salted, but not smoked
0305 61 00 | salted or in brine, but not dried or smoked
1604 12 10 | fillets, raw, merely coated in batter or breadcrumbs, whether or not pre-fried in oil, deep frozen
1604 12 90 | prepared or preserved herring, whole or in pieces, but not minced
ex 1604 20 90 | other prepared or preserved herring
(c) Mackerel (Scomber scombrus, Scomber australasicus, Scomber japonicus)
0302 64 90 | fresh or chilled, from 16.6 to 14.2
0303 74 19 | frozen, from 16.6 to 14.2 (S. scombrus, S. japonicus)
0303 74 90 | frozen, from 16.6 to 14.2 (S. australasicus)
ex 0304 10 39 | fresh fillets of mackerel
0304 20 51 | frozen fillets (S. australasicus)
ex 0304 20 53 | frozen fillets (S. scombrus, S. japonicus)
ex 0304 90 97 | other frozen meat of mackerel
0305 49 30 | smoked including fillets
1604 15 10 | whole or in pieces, prepared or preserved (S. scombrus, S. japonicus)
1604 15 90 | whole or in pieces, prepared or preserved (S. australasicus)
ex 1604 20 90 | other prepared or preserved mackerel
(d) Shrimps and prawns
0306 13 10 | of the family Pandalidae, frozen
0306 13 30 | of the genus Crangon, frozen
0306 13 90 | her shrimps and prawns, frozen
0306 23 10 | of the family Pandalidae, not frozen
0306 23 31 | of the genus Crangon, fresh, chilled or cooked by steaming or by boiling in water
0306 23 39 | other shrimps of the genus Crangon
0306 23 90 | other shrimps and prawns, not frozen
1605 20 00 | prepared or preserved
(e) Coquilles St Jacques (Pecten maximus)
ex 0307 21 00 | live, fresh or chilled
0307 29 10 | frozen
ex 1605 90 10 | prepared or preserved
(f) Norway lobsters (Nephrops norvegicus)
0306 19 30 | frozen
0306 29 30 | not frozen
ex 1605 40 00 | prepared or preserved
APPENDIX 3
Agreements between the Community and individual EFTA States, as referred to in Article 7:
- Agreement between the European Economic Community and the Kingdom of Sweden, signed on 22 July 1972, and a subsequent Exchange of Letters concerning agriculture and fisheries, signed on 14 July 1986;
- Agreement between the European Economic Community and the Swiss Confederation, signed on 22 July 1972, and a subsequent Exchange of Letters concerning agriculture and fisheries, signed on 14 July 1986;
- Agreement between the European Economic Community and the Kingdom of Norway, signed on 14 May 1973, and a subsequent Exchange of Letters concerning agriculture and fisheries, signed on 14 July 1986;
- Article 1 of Protocol No 6 of the Agreement, between the European Economic Community and the Republic of Iceland, signed on 22 July 1972.
PROTOCOL 10
on simplification of inspections and formalities in respect of carriage of goods
CHAPTER I

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Definitions
Article 1
For the purposes of this Protocol:
1. ‘inspections’ shall mean the carrying out by customs or any other supervisory department of an operation which consists of the physical examination, including visual inspection, of the means of transport and/or the goods themselves with the aim of checking that their nature, origin, state, quantity or value are in conformity with the particulars given in the documents which have been presented;
2. ‘formalities’ shall mean any formality imposed on operators by the administration consisting in the presentation or examination of documents and certificates accompanying goods or other particulars, irrespective of form or medium, relating to the goods or means of transport.

Scope
Article 2
1.
Without prejudice to the specific provisions in force under agreements concluded between the European Economic Community and EFTA States, this Protocol shall apply to inspections and formalities concerning the carriage of goods which have to cross a frontier between an EFTA State and the Community, as well as between the EFTA States.
2.
This Protocol shall not apply to inspections or formalities:
- in respect of ships and aircraft as means of transport; however, it shall apply to vehicles and goods carried by the said means of transport;
- required for the issue of health or plant health certificates in the country of origin or of provenance of the goods.
CHAPTER II

PROCEDURES

Random checks and formalities
Article 3
1.
Save as otherwise expressly provided in this Protocol, the Contracting Parties shall take the necessary measures to ensure that:
- the different inspections and formalities provided for in Article 2(1) are carried out with the minimum delay necessary and, in so far as possible, at one place;
- inspections are carried out by means of random checks, except in duly justified circumstances.
2.
For the purposes of implementing the second indent of paragraph 1, the basis for carrying out random checks shall be the total number of consignments passing through a frontier post and presented to a customs office or inspection authority during a given period, and not the total number of goods making up each consignment.
3.
The Contracting Parties shall facilitate, at the places of departure and destination of goods, the use of simplified procedures and data processing and data transmission techniques for the purposes of the export, transit and import of goods.
4.
The Contracting Parties shall endeavour to deploy customs offices, including those in the interior of their territory, in such a way as best to take account of the requirements of commercial operators.

Veterinary rules
Article 4
In areas relating to the protection of human and animal health and the protection of animals, implementation of the principles set out in Articles 3, 7 and 13 and the rules governing the fees to be charged in respect of the formalities and inspections carried out shall be decided upon by the EEA Joint Committee in accordance with Article 93(2) of the Agreement.

Plant health rules
Article 5
1.
Plant health inspections of imports shall take the form only of random checks and sample testing except in duly justified circumstances. Such inspections shall be carried out at either the place of destination of the goods or another place designated within the respective territories on condition that the itinerary of the goods is affected to the least possible extent.
2.
Rules governing the carrying out of identity checks on imports in relation to goods covered by plant health legislation shall be adopted by the EEA Joint Committee in accordance with Article 3(2) of the Agreement. The measures pertaining to the fees to be charged in respect of plant health formalities and inspections shall be decided upon by the EEA Joint Committee in accordance with Article 93(2) of the Agreement.
3.
Paragraphs 1 and 2 shall not apply to goods other than those produced in the Community or in an EFTA State except in cases where, by their nature, they present no plant health risk or in cases where they have undergone a plant health inspection on entering the territory of the respective Contracting Parties, and are found, at the time of such inspections, to meet the requirements relating to plant health laid down in their legislation.
4.
Where a Contracting Party considers that there is imminent danger of the introduction or spread of harmful organisms in its territory, it may take such temporary measures as are necessary to protect itself against that danger. The Contracting Parties shall notify one another forthwith of the measures taken and of the reasons which made them necessary.

Delegation of powers
Article 6
The Contracting Parties shall see to it that, by express delegation by the competent authorities and on their behalf, one of the other services represented, and preferably the customs service, may carry out inspections for which those authorities are responsible and, in so far as such inspections relate to the requirement to produce the necessary documents, checks on the validity and authenticity thereof and on the identity of the goods declared in such documents. In that event the authorities concerned shall ensure that the means required for carrying out such checks are made available.

Recognition of inspections and documents
Article 7
For the purposes of implementing this Protocol and without prejudice to the possibility of carrying out random checks, the Contracting Parties shall, in the event of goods being imported or entering in transit, recognize the inspections carried out and the documents drawn up by the competent authorities of the other Contracting Parties which certify that the goods comply with the legal requirements of the country of import or equivalent requirements in the country of export.

Opening hours of frontier posts
Article 8
1.
Where the volume of traffic so warrants, the Contracting Parties shall see to it that:
1. frontier posts are open, except when traffic is prohibited, so that:
  - frontiers can be crossed 24 hours a day with the corresponding inspections and formalities in respect of goods placed under a customs transit procedure, their means of transport and vehicles travelling unladen, save where frontier inspection is necessary in order to prevent the spread of disease or protect animals;
  - inspections and formalities relating to the movement of means of transport and goods which are not moving under a customs transit procedure may be performed from Monday to Friday during an uninterrupted period of at least 10 hours, and on Saturday during an uninterrupted period of at least six hours, unless those days are public holidays;
2. as regards vehicles and goods transported by air, the periods referred to in the second indent of subparagraph (a) are adapted in such a way as to meet actual needs and for that purpose are split or extended if necessary.
2.
Where general compliance with the periods referred to in the second indent of subparagraph l(a) and in subparagraph l(b) poses problems for veterinary services, the Contracting Parties shall see to it that, subject to at least 12 hours' notice being given by the carrier, a veterinary expert is available during those periods; in the case of the transport of live animals, however, the period of such notice may be increased to 18 hours.
3.
Where several frontier posts are situated in the immediate vicinity of one and the same frontier zone, the Contracting Parties concerned may jointly agree for certain of such posts, to derogate from paragraph 1 provided that the other posts in that zone are able to clear goods and vehicles in accordance with that paragraph.
4.
As regards the frontier posts and customs offices and services referred to in paragraph 1, and under the conditions laid down by the Contracting Parties, the competent authorities shall, if specifically requested during business hours and for sound reasons, provide for inspections and formalities to be carried out, as an exception, outside business hours, on condition that, where relevant, payment is made for services so rendered.

Express lanes
Article 9
The Contracting Parties shall endeavour to establish at frontier posts, where technically possible and justified by the volume of traffic, express lanes reserved for goods placed under a customs transit procedure, their means of transport, vehicles travelling unladen and all goods subject to such inspections and formalities as do not exceed those required in respect of goods placed under a transit procedure.
CHAPTER III

COOPERATION

Cooperation between authorities
Article 10
1.
In order to facilitate the crossing of frontiers, the Contracting Parties shall take the measures necessary to extend cooperation at both national and regional or local level between the authorities responsible for the organization of inspections and between the various departments carrying out inspections and formalities on either side of such frontiers.
2.
Each Contracting Party shall, in so far as it is concerned, see to it that persons engaged in trade covered by this Protocol can rapidly inform the competent authorities of any problems encountered when crossing frontiers.
3.
The cooperation referred to in paragraph 1 shall cover in particular:
1. the arrangement of frontier posts in such a way as to meet traffic requirements;
2. the conversion of frontier offices into juxtaposed inspection offices, where possible;
3. the harmonization of the responsibilities of the frontier posts and offices situated on either side of the frontier;
4. the seeking of appropriate solutions to any problems reported.
4.
The Contracting Parties shall cooperate in order to harmonize the business hours of the various departments carrying out inspections and formalities on either side of the frontier.

Notification of new inspections and formalities
Article 11
Where a Contracting Party intends to introduce a new inspection or formality, it shall inform the other Contracting Parties thereof. The Contracting Party concerned shall ensure that the measures taken to facilitate the crossing of frontiers are not rendered inoperative through the application of such new inspections or formalities.

Free flow of traffic
Article 12
1.
The Contracting Parties shall take the measures necessary to ensure that waiting time caused by the various inspections and formalities does not exceed the time required for their proper completion. To that end, they shall organize the business hours of the departments which are to carry out inspections and formalities, the staff available and the practical arrangements for processing goods and documents associated with the carrying out of inspections and formalities in such a way as to reduce waiting time in the flow of traffic to the fullest possible extent.
2.
The competent authorities of the Contracting Parties in whose territory serious disruption in regard to the carriage of goods occurs, which is likely to jeopardize the objectives of simplifying and expediting the crossing of frontiers, shall immediately inform the competent authorities of the other Contracting Parties affected by such disruption.
3.
The competent authorities of each Contracting Party so affected shall immediately take appropriate measures to ensure, as far as possible, the free flow of traffic. The measures shall be notified to the EEA Joint Committee which shall, where appropriate, meet in emergency session at the request of a Contracting Party, to discuss these measures.

Administrative assistance
Article 13
In order to ensure the smooth functioning of trade between the Contracting Parties and to facilitate the detection of any irregularity or infringement, the competent authorities of the Contracting Parties shall cooperate with each other mutatis mutandis in accordance with the provisions of Protocol 11.

Consultation groups
Article 14
1.
The competent authorities of the Contracting Parties concerned may set up any consultation group responsible for dealing with questions of a practical, technical or organizational nature at regional or local level.
2.
Such consultation groups shall meet whenever necessary at the request of the competent authorities of a Contracting Party. The EEA Joint Committee shall be kept regularly informed of their deliberations by the Contracting Parties responsible for them.
CHAPTER IV

FINAL PROVISIONS

Payment facilities
Article 15
The Contracting Parties shall see to it that any sums payable in respect of the inspections and formalities applied to trade can also be paid by means of guaranteed or certified international cheques, expressed in the currency of the country in which such sums are payable.

Relationship to other agreements and national legislation
Article 16
This Protocol shall not prevent the application of greater facilities which two or more Contracting Parties grant to each other, nor the right of the Contracting Parties to apply their own legislation to controls and formalities at their frontiers, on condition that this does not reduce in any way the facilities deriving from this Protocol.
PROTOCOL 11
on mutual assistance in Customs Matters

Definitions
Article 1
For the purposes of this Protocol:
1. ‘customs legislation’ shall mean provisions applicable in the territories of the Contracting Parties governing the import, export, transit of goods and their placing under any other customs procedure, including measures of prohibition, restriction and control adopted by the said Parties;
2. ‘customs duties’ shall mean all duties, taxes, fees or other charges which are levied and collected in the territories of the Contracting Parties, in application of customs legislation, but not including fees and charges which are limited in amount to the approximate costs of services rendered;
3. ‘applicant authority’ shall mean a competent administrative authority which has been appointed by a Contracting Party for this purpose and which makes a request for assistance in customs matters;
4. ‘requested.authority’ shall mean a competent administrative authority which has been appointed by a Contracting Party for this purpose and which receives a request for assistance in customs matters;
5. ‘contravention’ shall mean any violation of the customs legislation as well as any attempted violation of such legislation.

Scope
Article 2
1.
The Contracting Parties shall assist each other, in the manner and under the conditions laid down in this Protocol, in ensuring that customs legislation is correctly applied, in particular by the prevention, detection and investigation of contraventions of this legislation.
2.
Assistance in customs matters, as provided for in this Protocol, applies to any administrative authority of the Contracting Parties which is competent for the application of this Protocol. It shall not prejudice the rules governing mutual assistance in criminal matters.

Assistance on request
Article 3
1.
At the request of the applicant authority, the requested authority shall furnish it with all relevant information to enable it to ensure that customs legislation is correctly applied, including information regarding operations noted or planned which contravene or would contravene such legislation.
2.
At the request of the applicant authority, the requested authority shall inform it whether goods exported from the territory of one of the Contracting Parties have been properly imported into the territory of the other Party, specifying, where appropriate, the customs procedure applied to the goods.
3.
At the request of the applicant authority, the requested authority shall take the necessary steps to ensure that a surveillance is kept on:
1. natural or legal persons of whom there are reasonable grounds for believing that they are contravening or have contravened customs legislation;
2. movement of goods notified as possibly giving rise to substantial contraventions of customs legislation;
3. means of transport for which there are reasonable grounds for believing that they have been, are or may be used in the contravening of customs legislation.

Spontaneous assistance
Article 4
The Contracting Parties shall within their competences provide each other with assistance if they consider that to be necessary for the correct application of customs legislation, particularly when they obtain information pertaining to:
- operations which have contravened, contravene or would contravene such legislation and which may be of interest to other Contracting Parties;
- new means or methods employed in realizing such operations;
- goods known to be subject to substantial contravention of customs legislation on import, export, transit or any other customs procedure.

Delivery/Notification
Article 5
At the request of the applicant authority, the requested authority shall in accordance with its legislation take all necessary measures in order to:
- deliver all documents;
- notify all decisions;
falling within the scope of this Protocol to an addressee, residing or established in its territory.

Form and substance of requests for assistance
Article 6
1.
Requests pursuant to the present Protocol shall be made in writing. Documents necessary for the execution of such requests shall accompany the request. When required because of the urgency of the situation, oral requests may be accepted, but must be confirmed in writing immediately.
2.
Requests pursuant to paragraph 1 shall include the following information:
1. the applicant authority;
2. the measure requested;
3. the object of and the reason for the request;
4. laws, rules and other legal instruments involved;
5. indications as exact and comprehensive as possible on the natural or legal persons being the target of the investigations;
6. a summary of the relevant facts, except in cases provided for in Article 5.
3.
Requests shall be submitted in an official language of the requested authority or in a language acceptable to such authority.
4.
If a request does not meet the formal requirements, its correction or completion may be demanded; the ordering of precautionary measures may, however, take place.

Execution of requests
Article 7
1.
In order to comply with a request for assistance, the requested authority or, when the latter cannot act on its own, the administrative department to which the request has been addressed by this authority, shall proceed, within its competence and resources available, as though it were acting on its own account or at the request of other authorities of that same Contracting Party, by supplying information already possessed, by carrying out appropriate enquiries or by arranging for them to be carried out.
2.
Requests for assistance will be executed in accordance with the laws, rules and other legal instruments of the requested Contracting Party.
3.
Duly authorized officials of a Contracting Party may, with the agreement of the other Contracting Party involved and within the conditions laid down by the latter, obtain from the offices of the requested authority or other authority for which the requested authority is responsible, information relating to the contravention of customs legislation which the applicant authority needs for the purposes of this Protocol.
4.
Officials of a Contracting Party may, with the agreement of the other Contracting Party, be present at enquiries carried out in the latter's territory.

Form in which information is to be communicated
Article 8
1.
The requested authority shall communicate results of enquiries to the applicant authority in the form of documents, certified copies of documents, reports and the like.
2.
The documents provided for in paragraph 1 may be replaced by computerized information produced in any form for the same purpose.

Exceptions to the obligation to provide assistance
Article 9
1.
The Contracting Parties may refuse to give assistance as provided for in this Protocol, where to do so would:
1. be likely to prejudice sovereignty, public policy (I'ordre publique), security or other essential interests; or
2. involve currency or tax regulations other than regulations concerning customs duties; or
3. violate an industrial, commercial or professional secret.
2.
Where the applicant authority asks for assistance which it would itself be unable to provide if so asked, it shall draw attention to that fact in its request. It shall then be left to the requested authority to decide how to respond to such a request.
3.
If assistance is withheld or denied, the decision and the reasons therefor must be notified to the applicant authority without delay.

Obligation to observe confidentiality
Article 10
Any information communicated in whatever form pursuant to this Protocol shall be of a confidential nature. It shall be covered by the obligation of official secrecy and shall enjoy the protection extended to like information under the relevant laws applicable in the Contracting Party which received it and the corresponding provisions applying to the Community authorities.

Use of information
Article 11
1.
Information obtained shall be used solely for the purposes of this Protocol and may be used within each Contracting Party for other purposes only with the prior written consent of the administrative authority which furnished the information and shall be subject to any restrictions laid down by that authority. These provisions are not applicable to information concerning offences relating to narcotic drugs and psychotropic substances. Such information may be communicated to other authorities directly involved in the combat of illicit drug traffic.
2.
Paragraph 1 shall not impede the use of information in any judicial or administrative proceedings subsequently instituted for failure to comply with customs legislation.
3.
The Contracting Parties may, in their records of evidence, reports and testimonies and in proceedings and charges brought before the courts, use as evidence information obtained and documents consulted in accordance with the provisions of this Protocol.

Experts and witnesses
Article 12
An official of a requested authority may be authorized to appear, within the limitations of the authorization granted, as expert or witness in judicial or administrative proceedings regarding the matters covered by this Protocol in the jurisdiction of another Contracting Party, and produce such objects, documents or authenticated copies thereof, as may be needed for the proceedings. The request for an appearance must indicate specifically on what matter and by virtue of what title or qualification the official will be questioned.

Assistance expenses
Article 13
The Contracting Parties shall waive all claims on each other for the reimbursement of expenses incurred pursuant to this Protocol, except, as appropriate, for expenses to experts and witnesses and to interpreters and translators who are not dependent upon public services.

Implementation
Article 14
1.
The management of this Protocol shall be entrusted to the central customs authorities of the EFTA States, on the one hand, and the competent services of the EC Commission and, where appropriate, the customs authorities of the EC Member States, on the other. They shall decide on all practical measures and arrangements necessary for its application, taking into consideration rules in the field of data protection. They may recommend to the competent bodies amendments which they consider should be made to this Protocol.
2.
The Contracting Parties shall transmit to each other lists of the competent authorities appointed to act as correspondents for the purpose of the operational implementation of this Protocol.
As regards cases covered by Community competence, due account shall be taken in this respect of specific situations which, because of the urgency or the fact that only two countries are involved in a request or communication, may require direct contacts between the competent services of the EFTA States and of the EC Member States for the handling of requests or exchange of information. This information shall be supplemented by lists, to be revised when necessary, of officials of those services responsible for preventing, investigating and combating contravention of customs legislation.
Moreover, in order to ensure the maximum efficiency of operation of this Protocol, the Contracting Parties shall take appropriate measures to ensure that the departments responsible for combating customs fraud establish direct personal contacts, including when applicable at the level of local customs authorities, in order to facilitate exchange of information and handling of requests.
3.
The Contracting Parties shall consult each other and subsequently keep each other informed of the detailed rules of implementation which are adopted in accordance with the provisions of this Article.

Complementarity
Article 15
1.
This Protocol shall complement and not impede application of any agreements on mutual assistance which have been concluded or may be concluded between EC Member States and EFTA States as well as between the EFTA States. Nor shall it preclude more extensive mutual assistance granted under such agreements.
2.
Without prejudice to Article 11, these agreements do not prejudice Community provisions governing the communication between the competent services of the EC Commission and the customs authorities of the Member States of any information obtained in customs matters which could be of Community interest.
PROTOCOL 12
on conformity assessment agreements with third countries
Mutual recognition agreements with third countries concerning conformity assessment for products where the use of a mark is provided for in EC legislation will be negotiated on the initiative of the Community. The Community will negotiate on the basis that the third countries concerned will conclude with the EFTA States parallel mutual recognition agreements equivalent to those to be concluded with the Community. The Contracting Parties shall cooperate in accordance with the general information and consultation procedures set out in the EEA Agreement. Should a difference arise in relations with third countries, it will be dealt with in accordance with the relevant provisions of the EEA Agreement.
PROTOCOL 13
on the non-application of anti-dumping and countervailing measures
The application of Article 26 of the Agreement is limited to the areas covered by the provisions of the Agreement and in which the Community acquis is fully integrated into the Agreement.
Moreover, unless other solutions are agreed upon by the Contracting Parties, its application is without prejudice to any measures which may be introduced by the Contracting Parties to avoid circumvention of the following measures aimed at third countries:
- anti-dumping measures;
- countervailing duties;
- measures against illicit commercial practices attributable to third countries.
PROTOCOL 14
on trade in coal and steel products
Article 1
This Protocol applies to products covered by the bilateral Free Trade Agreements (hereinafter referred to as the Tree Trade Agreements') concluded between, on the one hand, the European Coal and Steel Community and its Member States and the individual EFTA States, on the other hand, or, as the case may be, between the Member States of the European Coal and Steel Community and the respective EFTA States,
Article 2
1.
The Free Trade Agreements shall remain unaffected unless otherwise provided in this Protocol. Where the Free Trade Agreements do not apply, the provisions of this Agreement are applicable. Where the substantive provisions of the Free Trade Agreements continue to be applied, the institutional provisions of those agreements will also be applicable.
2.
Quantitative restrictions on exports, measures having equivalent effect and customs duties and charges having equivalent effect, applicable to trade within the European Economic Area, shall be abolished.
Article 3
The Contracting Parties shall not introduce any restrictions or administrative and technical regulations which would form, in trade between the Contracting Parties, an impediment to the free movement of products covered by this Protocol.
Article 4
The substantive competition rules applicable to undertakings concerning products covered by this Protocol are included in Protocol 25. Secondary legislation is set out in Protocol 21 and Annex XIV.
Article 5
The Contracting Parties shall comply with the rules for aid to the steel industry. They recognize in particular the relevance of, and accept, the Community rules for aid to the steel industry as laid down in Commission Decision 322/89/ECSC which expires on 31 December 1991, The Contracting Parties declare their commitment to integrate into the EEA Agreement new Community rules for aid to the steel industry by the entry into force of this Agreement, provided that they are substantially similar to those of the aforementioned act.
Article 6
1.
The Contracting Parties shall exchange information on markets. The EFTA States shall use their best endeavours in order to ensure that steel producers, consumers and merchants provide such information.
2.
The EFTA States shall use their best endeavours in order to ensure that the steel-producing undertakings established within their territories will participate in annual surveys concerning investment referred to in Article 15 of Commission Decision No 3302/81/ECSC of 18 November 1981. The Contracting Parties will exchange, without prejudice to the requirements of business confidentiality, information on significant investment or disinvestment projects.
3.
All matters relating to the exchange of information between the Contracting Parties shall be covered by the general institutional provisions of this Agreement,
Article 7
The Contracting Parties note that the rules of origin laid down in Protocol 3 of the Free Trade Agreements concluded between the European Economic Community and individual EFTA States are replaced by Protocol 4 to this Agreement.
PROTOCOL 15
on transitional periods on the free movement of persons (Switzerland and Liechtenstein)
Article 1
The provisions of the Agreement and its Annexes relating to the free movement of persons between the EC Member States and EFTA States shall apply subject to the transitional provisions laid down in this Protocol.
Article 2
1.
Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 4, Switzerland, on the one hand, and EC Member States and other EFTA States, on the other hand, may maintain in force until 1 January 1998 with regard to nationals from EC Member States and other EFTA States and to nationals of Switzerland, respectively, national provisions submitting to prior authorization entry, residence and employment.
2.
Switzerland may maintain in force until 1 January 1998 with regard to nationals of EC Member States and other EFTA States quantitative limitations for new residents and seasonal workers. These quantitative limitations will be gradually reduced until the end of the transitional period.
Article 3
1.
Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 3, Switzerland may maintain in force until 1 January 1998 national provisions limiting professional and geographical mobility of seasonal workers, including the obligation for such workers to leave the territory of Switzerland at the expiry of their seasonal permit for at least three months. As from 1 January 1993, seasonal permits will be automatically renewed for seasonal workers holding a seasonal work contract on their return to the territory of Switzerland.
2.
Articles 10, 11 and 12 of Regulation (EEC) No 1612/68 as listed in point 2 of Annex V to the Agreement shall apply in Switzerland with regard to seasonal workers as from 1 January 1997.
3.
As from 1 January 1993 and notwithstanding the provisions of Article 2 of this Protocol, the provisions of Article 28 of the Agreement and of Annex V to the Agreement shall apply to seasonal workers in Switzerland provided that such workers have completed 30 months of seasonal employment in the territory of Switzerland within a preceding reference period of four consecutive years.
Article 4
Switzerland may maintain in force until:
- 1 January 1996 national provisions requiring a worker who, while having his residence in a territory other than that of Switzerland, is employed in the territory of Switzerland (frontier worker) to return each day to the territory of his residence;
- 1 January 1998 national provisions requiring a worker who, while having his residence in a territory other than that of Switzerland, is employed in the territory of Switzerland (frontier worker) to return each week to the territory of his residence;
- 1 January 1997 national provisions concerning the limitation of employment of frontier workers within defined frontier zones;
- 1 January 1995 national provisions submitting to prior authorization employment undertaken by frontier workers in Switzerland.
Article 5
1.
Liechtenstein, on the one hand, and EC Member States and other EFTA States, on the other hand, may maintain in force until 1 January 1998 with regard to nationals from EC Member States and other EFTA States and to nationals of Liechtenstein, respectively, national provisions submitting to prior authorization entry, residence and employment.
2.
Liechtenstein may maintain in force until 1 January 1998 with regard to nationals of EC Member States and other EFTA States quantitative limitations for new residents, seasonal workers and frontier workers. These quantitative limitations will be gradually reduced.
Article 6
1.
Liechtenstein may maintain in force until 1 January 1998 national provisions limiting professional mobility of seasonal workers, including the obligation of such workers to leave the territory of Liechtenstein at the expiry of their seasonal permit for at least three months. As from 1 January 1993, seasonal permits will be automatically renewed for seasonal workers holding a seasonal work contract on their return to the territory of Liechtenstein.
2.
Articles 10, 11 and 12 of Regulation (EEC) No 1612/68 as listed in point 2 of Annex V to the Agreement shall apply in Liechtenstein with regard to residents as from 1 January 1995 and with regard to seasonal workers as from 1 January 1997.
3.
The arrangements provided for in paragraph 2 shall also apply to members of the family of a self-employed person in the territory of Liechtenstein.
Article 7
Liechtenstein may maintain in force until:
- 1 January 1998 national provisions requiring a worker who, while having his residence in a territory other than that of Liechtenstein, is employed in the territory of Liechtenstein (frontier worker) to return each day to the territory of his residence;
- 1 January 1998 national provisions on restrictions on professional mobility and access to professions for all categories of workers;
- 1 January 1995 national provisions on restrictions on access to professional activities with regard to self-employed persons having their residence in the territory of Liechtenstein. Such restrictions may be upheld until 1 January 1997 with regard to self-employed persons having their residence in a territory other than that of Liechtenstein.
Article 8
1.
Other than the limitations set out in Articles 2 to 7, Switzerland and Liechtenstein shall not introduce any new restrictive measures concerning entry, employment and residence of workers and self-employed persons as of the date of signature of the Agreement.
2.
Switzerland and Liechtenstein shall take all necessary measures so that during the transitional periods nationals of EC Member States and of other EFTA States may take up available employment in the territory of Switzerland and Liechtenstein with the same priority as nationals of Switzerland and Liechtenstein, respectively.
Article 9
1.
As from 1 January 1996 the Contracting Parties shall examine the results of the application of the transitional periods as set out in Articles 2 to 4. On completion of this examination the Contracting Parties may, on the basis of new data and with a view to a possible shortening of the transition period, propose provisions intended to adjust the transitional periods.
2.
At the end of the transitional period for Liechtenstein the transitional measures shall be jointly reviewed by the Contracting Parties, duly taking into account the specific geographic situation of Liechtenstein.
Article 10
During transitional periods, existing bilateral arrangements will continue to apply unless provisions which are more favourable in their effect to citizens of the EC Member States and EFTA States result from the Agreement.
Article 11
For the purposes of this Protocol, the terms ‘seasonal worker’ and ‘frontier worker’ contained therein shall have the meaning as defined by the national legislation of Switzerland and Liechtenstein, respectively, at the time of signature of the Agreement.
PROTOCOL 16
on measures in the field of social security related to transitional periods on the free movement of persons (Switzerland and Liechtenstein)
Article 1
For the purposes of applying this Protocol and Regulation (EEC) No 1408/71 of 14 June 1971 on the application of social security schemes to employed persons, to self-employed persons and to members of their families moving within the Community (OJ No L 149, 5.7.1971, p. 416), ‘seasonal worker’ shall mean, as regards Switzerland and Liechtenstein, any worker who is a national of an EC Member State or another EFTA State and who is the holder of a seasonal permit in the sense of the national legislation of Switzerland and Liechtenstein, respectively, for a maximum period of nine months.
Article 2
During the period of validity of the permit, the seasonal worker shall be entitled to unemployment benefits according to Swiss and Liechtenstein legislation, respectively, under the same conditions as a national of Switzerland and Liechtenstein, respectively, and according to the provisions of Regulation (EEC) No 1408/71.
Article 3
Part of the unemployment contributions paid by seasonal workers shall be reimbursed by Switzerland and Liechtenstein, respectively, to the States of residence of these Workers according to the following procedure:
1. For each State, the total amount of contributions shall be established according to the number of seasonal workers who are nationals of this State and present in Switzerland and Liechtenstein, respectively, at the end of August, to the average length of the season, to the wages and to the rates of contribution to Swiss and Liechtenstein unemployment insurance, respectively (shares of the employer and of the worker).
2. The amount reimbursed to each State shall correspond to fifty per cent of the total amount of the contributions, calculated according to subparagraph (a).
3. The reimbursement shall be made only when the total number of seasonal workers residing in the State concerned exceeds, during the accounting period, 500 as regards Switzerland or 50 as regards Liechtenstein.
Article 4
The provisions on the reimbursement of unemployment contributions contained in the conventions on unemployment insurance concluded by Switzerland with France (Convention of 14 December 1978), Italy (Convention of 12 December 1978), the Federal Republic of Germany (Convention of 17 November 1982), Austria (Convention of 14 December 1978) and the Principality of Liechtenstein (Convention of 15 January 1979), shall continue to apply during the transitional periods.
Article 5
The validity of this Protocol shall be limited to the length of the transitional periods as defined in Protocol 15.
PROTOCOL 17
concerning Article 34
1.

Article 34 of the Agreement shall not prejudge the adoption of legislation or the application of any measures by the Contracting Parties concerning third-country access to their markets.
Any legislation in a field which is governed by the Agreement shall be dealt with according to the procedures laid down in the Agreement and the Contracting Parties shall endeavour to elaborate corresponding EEA rules.
In all other cases the Contracting Parties shall inform the EEA Joint Committee of the measures and, whenever necessary, endeavour to adopt provisions to ensure that the measures are not circumvented through the territory of the other Contracting Parties.
If no agreement can be reached on such rules or provisions, the Contracting Party concerned may take measures necessary to prevent circumvention.
2.
For the definition of the beneficiaries of the rights derived from Article 34, Title I of the General Programme for the abolition of restrictions on freedom of establishment (OJ 2, 15.1.1962, p. 36/62) shall apply with the same legal effect as within the Community.
PROTOCOL 18
on internal procedures for the implementation of Article 43
For the Community, the procedures to be followed for the implementation of Article 43 of the Agreement are set out in the Treaty establishing the European Economic Community.
For the EFTA States, the procedures are set out in the agreement on a Standing Committee of the EFTA States and will cover the following elements:
An EFTA State which intends to take measures in accordance with Article 43 of the Agreement shall in good time give notice thereof to the Standing Committee of the EFTA States.
However, in case of secrecy or urgency, notice shall be given to the other EFTA States and to the Standing Committee of the EFTA States at the latest by the date of entry into force of the measures.
The Standing Committee of the EFTA States shall examine the situation and deliver an opinion regarding the introduction of the measures. It shall keep the situation under review and may at any time make, by majority vote, recommendations regarding the possible amendment, suspension or abolition of the measures introduced or regarding any other measures to assist the EFTA State concerned to overcome its difficulties.
PROTOCOL 19
on maritime transport
The Contracting Parties shall not apply between themselves the measures referred to in Council Regulations (EEC) Nos 4057/86 (OJ No L 378, 31.12.1986, p. 14) and Nos 4058/86 (OJ No L 378, 31.12.1986, p. 21) and Council Decision 83/573/EEC (OJ No L 332, 28.11.1983, p. 37) or any other similar measures, provided that the acquis on maritime transport included in the Agreement is fully implemented.
The Contracting Parties will coordinate their actions and measures towards third countries and third country companies in the area of maritime transport according to the following provisions:
1. if a Contracting Party decides to monitor the activities of certain third countries in the field of cargo shipping it shall inform the EEA Joint Committee and may propose to other Contracting Parties that they participate in this action;
2. if a Contracting Party decides to make diplomatic representations to a third country in response to a restriction or a threat to restrict free access to cargoes in ocean trades, it shall inform the EEA Joint Committee. The other Contracting Parties may decide to join in such diplomatic representations;
3. if any of the Contracting Parties intends to take measures or action against a third country and/or third-country shipowners in order to respond, inter alia, to unfair pricing practices by certain third-country shipowners engaged in international cargo-liner shipping or to restrictions or threats to restrict free access to cargoes in ocean trades, it shall inform the EEA Joint Committee. Whenever appropriate, the Contracting Party initiating the procedures may request the other Contracting Parties to cooperate in these procedures.
The other Contracting Parties may decide to take the same measures or actions for their own jurisdictions. Where measures or actions taken by a Contracting Party are evaded through the territory of other Contracting Parties which have not adopted such measures or actions, the Contracting Party whose measures or actions are evaded may take appropriate measures to remedy the situation;
4. if any of the Contracting Parties intends to negotiate cargo-sharing arrangements as described in Articles 5(1) and 6 of Council Regulation (EEC) No 4055/86 (OJ No L 378, 31.12.1986, p. 1) or to extend the provisions of this Regulation to nationals of a third country as foreseen in Article 7 thereof, it shall inform the EEA Joint Committee.
If one or more of the other Contracting Parties object to the intended action, a satisfactory solution will be sought within the EEA Joint Committee. If the Contracting Parties do not reach agreement, appropriate measures may be taken. If no other means are available, such measures may include the revocation between Contracting Parties of the principle of freedom to provide maritime transport services, established in Article 1 of the Regulation;
5. whenever possible, the information referred to in paragraphs 1 to 4 shall be given in good time to allow the Contracting Parties to coordinate their actions;
6. at the request of a Contracting Party, consultations shall take place between Contracting Parties on questions concerning shipping matters and dealt with in international organizations and on the various aspects of development which have taken place in relations between Contracting Parties and third countries in shipping matters, and on the functioning of bilateral or multilateral agreements concluded in this sphere.
PROTOCOL 20
on access to inland waterways
1. Mutual right of access shall be granted by each of the Contracting Parties to each other's inland waterways. In the case of the Rhine and the Danube, the Contracting Parties will take all necessary steps to reach simultaneously the objective of equal access and freedom of establishment in the area of inland waterways.
2. Arrangements to ensure reciprocal equal access to inland waterways within the territory of the Contracting Parties for all Contracting Parties shall be elaborated within the international organizations concerned by 1 January 1996, taking into account the obligations under relevant multilateral Agreements.
3. All relevant acquis in inland waterways shall apply as of the entry into force of the Agreement to those EFTA States which have, at that time, access to Community inland waterways, and to the other EFTA States as soon as they obtain the right of equal access.
However, Article 8 of Regulation (EEC) No 1101/89 of 27 April 1989 (OJ No L 116, 28.4.1989, p. 25), as adapted for the purposes of the Agreement, shall become applicable to such inland waterway vessels from the latter EFTA States which are brought into service after 1 January 1993 as soon as these States obtain access to the inland waterways of the Community.
PROTOCOL 21
on the implementation of competition rules applicable to undertakings
Article 1
The EFTA Surveillance Authority shall, in an agreement between the EFTA States, be entrusted with equivalent powers and similar functions to those of the EC Commission, at the time of the signature of the Agreement, for the application of the competition rules of the Treaty establishing the European Economic Community and the Treaty establishing the European Coal and Steel Community, enabling the EFTA Surveillance Authority to give effect to the principles laid down in Articles l(2)(e) and 53 to 60 of the Agreement, and in Protocol 25.
The Community shall, where necessary, adopt the provisions giving effect to the principles laid down in Articles l(2)(e) and 53 to 60 of the Agreement, and in Protocol 25, in order to ensure that the EC Commission has equivalent powers and similar functions under this Agreement to those which it has, at the time of the signature of the Agreement, for the application of the competition rules of the Treaty establishing the European Economic Community and the Treaty establishing the European Coal and Steel Community.
Article 2
If, following the procedures set out in Part VII of the Agreement, new acts for the implementation of Articles l(2)(e) and 53 to 60 and of Protocol 25, or on amendments of the acts listed in Article 3 of this Protocol are adopted, corresponding amendments shall be made in the agreement setting up the EFTA Surveillance Authority so as to ensure that the EFTA Surveillance Authority will be entrusted simultaneously with equivalent powers and similar functions to those of the EC Commission.
Article 3
1.
In addition to the acts listed in Annex XIV, the following acts reflect the powers and functions of the EC Commission for the application of the competition rules of the Treaty establishing the European Economic Community;
Control of concentrations
1. 389 R 4064: Articles 6 to 25 of Council Regulation (EEC) No 4064/89 of 21 December 1989 on the control of concentrations between undertakings (OJ No L 395, 30.12.1989, p. 1), as corrected by OJ No L 257, 21.9.1990, p. 13.
2. 390 R 2367: Commission Regulation (EEC) No 2367/90 of 25 July 1990 on the notifications, time limits and hearings provided for in Council Regulation (EEC) No 4064/89 on the control of concentrations between undertakings (OJ No L 219, 14.8.1990, p. 5).
General procedural rules
1. 362 R 0017: Council Regulation No 17/62 of 6 February 1962. First Regulation implementing Articles 85 and 86 of the Treaty (OJ No 13, 21.2.1962, p. 204/62), as amended by:
  - 362 R 0059: Regulation No 59/62 of 3 July 1962 (OJ No 58, 10.7.1962, p. 1655/62),
  - 363 R 0118: Regulation No 118/63 of 5 November 1963 (OJ No 162, 7.11.1963, p. 2696/63),
  - 371 R 2822: Regulation (EEC) No 2822/71 of 20 December 1971 (OJ No L 285, 29.12.1971, p. 49),
  - 1 72 B: Act concerning the conditions of Accession and Adjustments to the Treaties — Accession to the European Communities of the Kingdom of Denmark, Ireland and the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland (OJ No L 73, 27.3.1972, p. 92),
  - 1 79 H: Act concerning the conditions of Accession and Adjustments to the Treaties — Accession to the European Communities of the Hellenic Republic (OJ No L 291, 19.11.1979, p. 93),
  - 1 85 I: Act concerning the conditions of Accession and Adjustments to the Treaties — Accession to the European Communities of the Kingdom of Spain and the Portuguese Republic (OJ No L 302, 15.11.1985, p. 165).
2. 362 R 0027: Commission Regulation No 27/62 of 3 May 1962. First Regulation implementing Council Regulation No 17/62 of 6 February 1962 (Form, content and other details concerning applications and notifications) (OJ No 35, 10.5.1962, p. 1118/62), as amended by:
  - 368 R 1133: Regulation (EEC) No 1133/68 of 26 July 1968 (OJ No L 189, 1.8.1968, p. 1),
  - 375 R 1699: Regulation (EEC) No 1699/75 of 2 July 1975 (OJ No L 172, 3.7.1975, p. 11),
  - 1 79 H: Act concerning the conditions of Accession and Adjustments to the Treaties — Accession to the European Communities of the Hellenic Republic (OJ No L 291, 19.11.1979, p. 94),
  - 385 R 2526: Regulation (EEC) No 2526/85 of 5 August 1985 (OJ No L 240, 7.9.1985, p. 1),
  - 1 85 I: Act concerning the conditions of Accession and Adjustments to the Treaties — Accession to the European Communities of the Kingdom of Spain and the Portuguese Republic (OJ No L 302, 15.11.1985, p. 166).
3. 363 R 0099: Commission Regulation No 99/63 of 25 July 1963 on the hearings provided for in Article 19(1) and (2) of Council Regulation (EEC) No 17/62 (OJ No 127, 20.8.1963, p. 2268/63).
Transport
1. 362 R 0141: Council Regulation No 141/62 of 26 November 1962 exempting transport from the application of Council Regulation No 17/62 amended by Regulations Nos 165/65/EEC and 1002/67/EEC (OJ No 124, 28.11.1962, p. 2751/62).
2. 368 R 1017: Article 6 and Articles 10 to 31 of Council Regulation (EEC) No 1017/68 of 19 July 1968 applying rules of competition to transport by rail, road and inland waterway (OJ No L 175, 23.7.1968, p. 1).
3. 369 R 1629: Commission Regulation (EEC) No 1629/69 of 8 August 1969 on the form, content and other details of complaints pursuant to Article 10, applications pursuant to Article 12 and notifications pursuant to Article 14(1) of Council Regulation (EEC) No 1017/68 of 19 July 1968 (OJ No L 209, 21.8.1969, p. 1).
4. 369 R 1630: Commission Regulation (EEC) No 1630/69 of 8 August 1969 on the hearings provided for in Article 26(1) and (2) of Council Regulation (EEC) No 1017/68 of 19 July 1968 (OJ No L 209, 21.8.1969, p. 11).
5. 374 R 2988: Council Regulation (EEC) No 2988/74 of 26 November 1974 concerning limitation periods in proceedings and the enforcement of sanctions under the rules of the European Economic Community relating to transport and competition (OJ No L 319, 29,11,1974, p, 1).
6. 386 R 4056: Section II of Council Regulation (EEC) No 4056/86 of 22 December 1986 laying down detailed rules for the application of Articles 85 and 86 of the Treaty to maritime transport (OJ No L 378, 31.12.1986, p. 4).
7. 388 R 4260: Commission Regulation (EEC) No 4260/88 of 16 December 1988 on the communications, complaints and applications and the hearings provided for in Council Regulation (EEC) No 4056/86 laying down detailed rules for the application of Articles 85 and 86 of the Treaty to maritime transport (OJ No L 376, 31.12,1988, p. 1).
8. 387 R 3975: Council Regulation (EEC) No 3975/87 of 14 December 1987 laying down the procedure for the application of the rules on competition to undertakings in the air transport sector (OJ No L 374, 31.12.1987, p. 1), as amended by:
  - 391 R 1284: Council Regulation (EEC) No 1284/91 of 14 May 1991 (OJ No L 122, 17.5.1991, p. 2).
9. 388 R 4261: Commission Regulation (EEC) No 4261/88 of 16 December 1988 on the form, content and other details of complaints and of applications, and the hearings provided for in Council Regulation (EEC) No 3975/87 laying down the procedure for the application of the rules of competition to undertakings in the air transport sector (OJ No L 376, 31.12.1988, p. 10).
2.
In addition to the acts listed in Annex XIV, the following acts reflect the powers and functions of the EC Commission for the application of the competition rules of the Treaty establishing the European Coal and Steel Community (ECSC):
1. Article (ECSC) 65(2), subparagraphs 3 to 5, (3), (4), subparagraph 2, and (5).
2. Article (ECSC) 66(2), subparagraphs 2 to 4, and (4) to (6).
3. 354 D 7026: High Authority Decision No 26/54 of 6 May 1954 laying down in implementation of Article 66(4) of the Treaty a regulation concerning information to be furnished ( Official Journal of the European Coal and Steel Community No 9, 11.5.1954, p. 350/54).
4. 378 S 0715: Commission Decision No 715/78/ECSC of 6 April 1978 concerning limitation periods in proceedings and the enforcement of sanctions under the Treaty establishing the European Coal and Steel Community (OJ No L 94, 8.4.1978, p. 22).
5. 384 S 0379: Commission Decision No 379/84/ECSC of 15 February 1984 defining the powers of officials and agents of the Commission instructed to carry out the checks provided for in the ECSC Treaty and decisions taken in application thereof (OJ No L 46, 16.2.1984, p. 23).
Article 4
1.
Agreements, decisions and concerted practices of the kind described in Article 53(1) which come into existence after the entry into force of the Agreement and in respect of which the parties seek application of Article 53(3) shall be notified to the competent surveillance authority pursuant to Article 56, Protocol 23 and the rules referred to in Articles 1 to 3 of this Protocol. Until they have been notified, no decision in application of Article 53(3) may be taken.
2.
Paragraph 1 shall not apply to agreements, decisions and concerted practices where:
1. the only parties thereto are undertakings from one EC Member State or from one EFTA State and the agreements, decisions or concerted practices do not relate either to imports or to exports between Contracting Parties;
2. not more than two undertakings are party thereto, and the agreements only:
  1. restrict the freedom of one party to the contract in determining the prices or conditions of business upon which the goods which he has obtained from the other party to the contract may be resold, or
  2. impose restrictions on the exercise of the rights of the assignee or user of industrial property rights - in particular patents, utility models, designs or trademarks - or of the person entitled under a contract to the assignment, or grant, of the right to use a method of manufacture or knowledge relating to the use and to the application of industrial processes;
3. they have as their sole object:
  1. the development or uniform application of standards or types, or
  2. joint research or development, or
  3. specialization in the manufacture of products including agreements necessary for achieving this:
    - where the products which are the subject of specialization do not, in a substantial part of the territory covered by the Agreement, represent more than 15 per cent of the volume of business done in identical products or those considered by consumers to be similar by reason of their characteristics, price and use, and
    - where the total annual turnover of the participating undertakings does not exceed ECU 200 million.
These agreements, decisions and concerted practices may be notified to the competent surveillance authority pursuant to Article 56, Protocol 23 and the rules referred to in Articles 1 to 3 of this Protocol.
Article 5
1.
Agreements, decisions and concerted practices of the kind described in Article 53(1) which are in existence at the date of entry into force of the Agreement and in respect of which the parties seek application of Article 53(3) shall be notified to the competent surveillance authority pursuant to the provisions in Article 56, Protocol 23 and the rules referred to in Articles 1 to 3 of this Protocol within six months of the date of entry into force of the Agreement.
2.
Paragraph 1 shall not apply to agreements, decisions or concerted practices of the kind described in Article 53(1) of the Agreement and falling under Article 4(2) of this Protocol; these may be notified to the competent surveillance authority pursuant to Article 56, Protocol 23 and. the rules referred to in Articles 1 to 3 of this Protocol.
Article 6
The competent surveillance authority shall specify in its decisions pursuant to Article 53(3) the date from which the decisions shall take effect. That date may be earlier than the date of notification as regards agreements, decisions of associations of undertakings or concerted practices falling under Articles 4(2) and 5(2) of this Protocol, or those falling under Article 5(1) of this Protocol which have been notified within the time limit specified in Article 5(1).
Article 7
1.
Where agreements, decisions or concerted practices of the kind described in Article 53(1) which are in existence at the date of entry into force of the Agreement and notified within the time limits specified in Article 5(1) of this Protocol do not satisfy the requirements of Article 53(3) and the undertakings or associations of undertakings concerned cease to give effect to them or modify them in such a manner that they no longer fall under the prohibition contained in Article 53(1) or that they satisfy the requirements of Article 53(3), the prohibition contained in Article 53(1) shall apply only for a period fixed by the competent surveillance authority. A decision by the competent surveillance authority pursuant to the foregoing sentence shall not apply as against undertakings and associations of undertakings which did not expressly consent to the notification.
2.
Paragraph 1 shall apply to agreements, decisions or concerted practices falling under Article 4(2) of this Protocol which are in existence at the date of entry into force of the Agreement if they are notified within six months after that date.
Article 8
Applications and notifications submitted to the EC Commission prior to the date of entry into force of the Agreement shall be deemed to comply with the provisions on application and notification under the Agreement.
The competent surveillance authority pursuant to Article 56 of the Agreement and Article 10 of Protocol 23 may require a duly completed form as prescribed for the implementation of the Agreement to be submitted to it within such time as it shall appoint. In that event, applications and notifications shall be treated as properly made only if the forms are submitted within the prescribed period and in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement.
Article 9
Fines for infringement of Article 53(1) shall not be imposed in respect of any act prior to notification of the agreements, decisions and concerted practices to which Articles 5 and 6 of this Protocol apply and which have been notified within the period specified therein.
Article 10
The Contracting Parties shall ensure that the measures affording the necessary assistance to officials of the EFTA Surveillance Authority and the EC Commission, in order to enable them to make their investigations as foreseen under the Agreement, are taken within six months of the entry into force of the Agreement.
Article 11
As regards agreements, decisions and concerted practices already in existence at the date of entry into force of the Agreement which fall under Article 53(1), the prohibition in Article 53(1) shall not apply where the agreements, decisions or practices are modified within six months from the date of entry into force of the Agreement so as to fulfil the conditions contained in the block exemptions provided for in Annex XIV.
Article 12
As regards agreements, decisions of associations of undertakings and concerted practices already in existence at the date of entry into force of the Agreement which fall under Article 53(1), the prohibition in Article 53(1) shall not apply, from the date of entry into force of the Agreement, where the agreements, decisions or practices are modified within six months from the date of entry into force of the Agreement so as not to fall under the prohibition of Article 53(1) any more.
Article 13
Agreements, decisions of associations of undertakings and concerted practices which benefit from an individual exemption granted under Article 85(3) of the Treaty establishing the European Economic Community before the entry into force of the Agreement shall continue to be exempted as regards the provisions of the Agreement, until their date of expiry as provided for in the decisions granting these exemptions or until the EC Commission otherwise decides, whichever date is the earlier.
PROTOCOL 22
concerning the definition of ‘undertaking’ and ‘turnover’ (Article 56)
Article 1
For the purposes of the attribution of individual cases pursuant to Article 56 of the Agreement, an ‘undertaking’ shall be any entity carrying out activities of a commercial or economic nature.
Article 2
‘Turnover’ within the meaning of Article 56 of the Agreement shall comprise the amounts derived by the undertakings concerned, in the territory covered by the Agreement, in the preceding financial year from the sale of products and the provision of services falling within the undertaking's ordinary scope of activities after deduction of sales rebates and of value-added tax and other taxes directly related to turnover.
Article 3
In place of turnover, the following shall be used:
1. for credit institutions and other financial institutions, their total assets multiplied by the ratio between loans and advances to credit institutions and customers in transactions with residents in the territory covered by the Agreement and the total sum of those loans and advances;
2. for insurance undertakings, the value of gross premiums received from residents in the territory covered by the Agreement, which shall comprise all amounts received and receivable in respect of insurance contracts issued by or on behalf of the insurance undertakings, including also outgoing reinsurance premiums, and after deduction of taxes and parafiscal contributions or levies charged by reference to the amounts of individual premiums or the total value of premiums.
Article 4
1.
In derogation from the definition of the turnover relevant for the application of Article 56 of the Agreement, as contained in Article 2 of this Protocol, the relevant turnover shall be constituted:
1. as regards agreements, decisions of associations of undertakings and concerted practices related to distribution and supply arrangements between non-competing undertakings, of the amounts derived from the sale of goods or the provision of services which are the subject matter of the agreements, decisions or concerted practices, and from the other goods or services which are considered by users to be equivalent in view of their characteristics, price and intended use;
2. as regards agreements, decisions of associations of undertakings and concerted practices related to arrangements on transfer of technology between non-competing undertakings, of the amounts derived from the sale of goods or the provision of services which result from the technology which is the subject matter of the agreements, decisions or concerted practices, and of the amounts derived from the sale of those goods or the provision of those services which that technology is designed to improve or replace.
2.
However, where at the time of the coming into existence of arrangements as described in paragraph 1(a) and (b) turnover as regards the sale of goods or the provision of services is not in evidence, the general provision as contained in Article 2 shall apply.
Article 5
1.
Where individual cases concern products falling within the scope of application of Protocol 25, the relevant turnover for the attribution of those cases shall be the turnover achieved in these products.
2.
Where individual cases concern products falling within the scope of application of Protocol 25 as well as products or services falling within the scope of application of Articles 53 and 54 of the Agreement, the relevant turnover is determined by taking into account all the products and services as provided for in Article 2.
PROTOCOL 23
concerning the cooperation between the surveillance authorities (Article 58)

GENERAL PRINCIPLES
Article 1
The EFTA Surveillance Authority and the EC Commission shall exchange information and consult each other on general policy issues at the request of either of the surveillance authorities.
The EFTA Surveillance Authority and the EC Commission, in accordance with their internal rules, respecting Article 56 of the Agreement and Protocol 22 and the autonomy of both sides in their decisions, shall cooperate in the handling of individual cases falling under Article 56(l)(b) and (c), (2), second sentence and (3), as provided for in the provisions below.
For the purposes of this Protocol, the term ‘territory of a surveillance authority’ shall mean for the EC Commission the territory of the EC Member States to which the Treaty establishing the European Economic Community or the Treaty establishing the European Coal and Steel Community, as the case may be, applies, upon the terms laid down in those Treaties, and for the EFTA Surveillance Authority the territories of the EFTA States to which the Agreement applies.

THE INITIAL PHASE OF THE PROCEEDINGS
Article 2
In cases falling under Article 56(1)(b) and (c), (2), second sentence and (3) of the Agreement, the EFTA Surveillance Authority and the EC Commission shall without undue delay forward to each other notifications and complaints to the extent that it is not apparent that these have been addressed to both surveillance authorities! They shall also inform each other when opening ex officio procedures.
The surveillance authority which has received information as provided for in the first subparagraph may present its comments thereon within 40 working days of its receipt.
Article 3
The competent surveillance authority shall, in cases falling under Article 56(1)(b) and (c), (2), second sentence and (3) of the Agreement, consult the other surveillance authority when:
- publishing its intention to give a negative clearance,
- publishing its intention to take a decision in application of Article 53(3), or
- addressing to the undertakings or associations of undertakings concerned its statement of objections.
The other surveillance authority may deliver its comments within the time limits set out in the abovementioned publication or statement of objections.
Observations received from the undertakings concerned or third parties shall be transmitted to the other surveillance authority.
Article 4
In cases falling under Article 56(l)(b) and (c), (2), second sentence and (3) of the Agreement, the competent surveillance authority shall transmit to the other surveillance authority the administrative letters by which a file is closed or a complaint rejected.
Article 5
In cases falling under Article 56(l)(b) and (c), (2), second sentence and (3) of the Agreement, the competent surveillance authority shall invite the other surveillance authority to be represented at hearings of the undertakings concerned. The invitation shall also extend to the States falling within the competence of the other surveillance authority.

ADVISORY COMMITTEES
Article 6
In cases falling under Article 56(l)(b) and (c), (2), second sentence and (3) of the Agreement, the competent surveillance authority shall, in due time, inform the other surveillance authority of the date of the meeting of the Advisory Committee and transmit the relevant documentation.
All documents forwarded for that purpose from the other surveillance authority shall be presented to the Advisory Committee of the surveillance authority which is competent to decide on a case in accordance with Article 56 together with the material sent out by that surveillance authority.
Each surveillance authority and the States falling within its competence shall be entitled to be present in the Advisory Committees of the other surveillance authority and to express their views therein; they shall not have, however, the right to vote.

REQUEST FOR DOCUMENTS AND TH ERIGHT TO MAKE OBSERVATIONS
Article 7
In cases falling under Article 56(l)(b) and (c), (2), second sentence and (3) of the Agreement, the surveillance authority which is not competent to decide on a case in accordance with Article 56 may request at all stages of the proceedings copies of the most important documents lodged with the competent surveillance authority for the purpose of establishing the existence of infringements of Articles 53 and 54 or of obtaining a negative clearance or exemption, and may furthermore, before a final decision is taken, make any observations it considers appropriate.

ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANCE
Article 8
1.
When sending a request for information to an undertaking or association of undertakings located within the territory of the other surveillance authority, the competent surveillance authority, as defined in Article 56 of the Agreement, shall at the same time forward a copy of the request to the other surveillance authority.
2.
Where an undertaking or association of undertakings does not supply the information requested within the time limit fixed by the competent surveillance authority, or supplies incomplete information, the competent surveillance authority shall by decision require the information to be supplied. In the case of undertakings or associations of undertakings located within the territory of the other surveillance authority, the competent surveillance authority shall forward a copy of that decision to the other surveillance authority.
3.
At the request of the competent surveillance authority, as defined in Article 56 of the Agreement, the other surveillance authority shall, in accordance with its internal rules, undertake investigations within its territory in cases where the competent surveillance authority so requesting considers it to be necessary.
4.
The competent surveillance authority is entitled to be represented and take an active part in investigations carried out by the other surveillance authority in respect of paragraph 3.
5.
All information obtained during such investigations on request shall be transmitted to the surveillance authority which requested the investigations immediately after their finalization.
6.
Where the competent surveillance authority, in cases falling under Article 56(l)(b) and (c), (2), second sentence and (3) of the Agreement, carries out investigations within its territory, it shall inform the other surveillance authority of the fact that such investigations have taken place and, on request, transmit to that authority the relevant results of the investigations.
Article 9
1.
Information acquired as a result of the application of this Protocol shall be used only for the purpose of procedures under Articles 53 and 54 of the Agreement.
2.
The EC Commission, the EFTA Surveillance Authority, the competent authorities of the EC Member States and the EFTA States, and their officials and other servants shall not disclose information acquired by them as a result of the application of this Protocol and of the kind covered by the obligation of professional secrecy.
3.
Rules on professional secrecy and restricted use of information provided for in the Agreement or in the legislation of the Contracting Parties shall not prevent exchange of information as set out in this Protocol.
Article 10
1.
Undertakings shall, in cases of notifications of agreements, address the notification to the competent surveillance authority in accordance with Article 56 of the Agreement. Complaints may be addressed to either surveillance authority.
2.
Notifications or complaints addressed to the surveillance authority which, pursuant to Article 56, is not competent to decide on a given case shall be transferred without delay to the competent surveillance authority.
3.
If, in the preparation or initiation of ex officio proceedings, it becomes apparent that the other surveillance authority is competent to decide on a case in accordance with Article 56 of the Agreement, this case shall be transferred to the competent surveillance authority.
4.
Once a case is transmitted to the other surveillance authority as provided for in paragraphs 2 and 3, a retransmission of the case may not take place. A transmission of a case may not take place after the publishing of the intention to give a negative clearance, the publishing of the intention to take a decision in application of Article 53(3) of the Agreement, the addressing to undertakings or associations of undertakings concerned of the statement of objections or the sending of a letter informing the applicant that there are insufficient grounds for pursuing the complaint.
Article 11
The date of submission of an application or notification shall be the date on which it is received by the EC Commission or the EFTA Surveillance Authority, regardless of which of these is competent to decide on the case under Article 56 of the Agreement. Where, however, the application or notification is sent by registered post, it shall be deemed to have been received on the date shown on the postmark of the place of posting.

LANGUAGES
Article 12
Undertakings shall be entitled to address and be addressed by the EFTA Surveillance Authority and the EC Commission in an official language of an EFTA State or the European Community which they choose as regards notifications, applications and complaints. This shall also cover all instances of a proceeding, whether it be opened on notification, application or complaint or ex officio by the competent surveillance authority.
PROTOCOL 24
on cooperation in the field of control of concentrations

GENERAL PRINCIPLES
Article 1
1.
The EFTA Surveillance Authority and the EC Commission shall exchange information and consult each other on general policy issues at the request of either of the surveillance authorities.
2.
In cases falling under Article 57(2)(a), the EC Commission and the EFTA Surveillance Authority shall cooperate in the handling of concentrations as provided for in the provisions set out below.
3.
For the purposes of this Protocol, the term ‘territory of a surveillance authority’ shall mean for the EC Commission the territory of the EC Member States to which the Treaty establishing the European Economic Community or the Treaty establishing the European Coal and Steel Community, as the case may be, applies, upon the terms laid down in those Treaties, and for the EFTA Surveillance Authority the territories of the EFTA States to which the Agreement applies.
Article 2
1.
Cooperation shall take place, in accordance with the provisions set out in this Protocol, where:
1. the combined turnover of the undertakings concerned in the territory of the EFTA States equals 25 per cent or more of their total turnover within the territory covered by the Agreement, or
2. each of at least two of the undertakings concerned has a turnover exceeding ECU 250 million in the territory of the EFTA States, or
3. the concentration is liable to create or strengthen a dominant position as a result of which effective competition would be significantly impeded in the territories of the EFTA States or a substantial part thereof.
2.
Cooperation shall also take place where:
1. the concentration threatens to create or strengthen a dominant position as a result of which effective competition would be significantly impeded on a market within an EFTA State which presents all the characteristics of a distinct market, be it a substantial part of the territory covered by this Agreement or not, or
2. an EFTA State wishes to adopt measures to protect legitimate interests as set out in Article 7.

INITIAL PHASE OF THE PROCEEDINGS
Article 3
1.
The EC Commission shall transmit to the EFTA Surveillance Authority copies of notifications of the cases referred to in Article 2(1) and (2)(a) within three working days and, as soon as possible, copies of the most important documents lodged with or issued by the EC Commission.
2.
The EC Commission shall carry out the procedures set out for the implementation of Article 57 of the Agreement in close and constant liaison with the EFTA Surveillance Authority. The EFTA Surveillance Authority and EFTA States may express their views upon those procedures. For the purposes of Article 6 of this Protocol, the EC Commission shall obtain information from the competent authority of the EFTA State concerned and give it the opportunity to make known its views at every stage of the procedures up to the adoption of a decision pursuant to that Article. To that end, the EC Commission shall give it access to the file.

HEARINGS
Article 4
In cases referred to in Article 2(1) and (2)(a), the EC Commission shall invite the EFTA Surveillance Authority to be represented at the hearings of the undertakings concerned. The EFTA States may likewise be represented at those hearings,

THE EC ADVISORY COMMITTEE ON CONCENTRATIONS
Article 5
1.
In cases referred to in Article 2(1) and (2)(a), the EC Commission shall in due time inform the EFTA Surveillance Authority of the date of the meeting of the EC Advisory Committee on Concentrations and transmit the relevant documentation.
2.
All documents forwarded for that purpose from the EFTA Surveillance Authority, including documents emanating from EFTA States, shall be presented to the EC Advisory Committee on Concentrations together with the other relevant documentation sent out by the EC Commission.
3.
The EFTA Surveillance Authority and the EFTA States shall be entitled to be present in the EC Advisory Committee on Concentrations and to express their views therein; they shall not have, however, the right to vote.

RIGHTS OF INDIVIDUAL STATES
Article 6
1.
The EC Commission may, by means of a decision notified without delay to the undertakings concerned, to the competent authorities of the EC Member States and to the EFTA Surveillance Authority, refer a notified concentration to an EFTA State where a concentration threatens to create or strengthen a dominant position as a result of which effective competition would be significantly impeded on a market within that State, which presents all the characteristics of a distinct market, be it a substantial part of the territory covered by the Agreement or not.
2.
In cases referred to in paragraph 1, any EFTA State may appeal to the European Court of Justice, on the same grounds and conditions as an EC Member State under Article 173 of the Treaty establishing the European Economic Community, and in particular request the application of interim measures, for the purpose of applying its national competition law.
Article 7
1.
Notwithstanding the sole competence of the EC Commission to deal with concentrations of a Community dimension as set out in Council Regulation (EEC) No 4064/89 of 21 December 1989 on the control of concentrations between undertakings (OJ No L 395, 30.12.1989, p. 1, as corrected by OJ No L 257, 21.9.1990, p. 13), EFTA States may take appropriate measures to protect legitimate interests other than those taken into consideration according to the above Regulation and compatible with the general principles and other provisions as provided for, directly or indirectly, under the Agreement.
2.
Public security, plurality of media and prudential rules shall be regarded as legitimate interests within the meaning of paragraph 1.
3.
Any other public interest must be communicated to the EC Commission and shall be recognized by the EC Commission after an assessment of its compatibility with the general principles and other provisions as provided for, directly or indirectly, under the Agreement before the measures referred to above may be taken. The EC Commission shall inform the EFTA Surveillance Authority and the EFTA State concerned of its decision within one month of that communication.

ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANCE
Article 8
1.
In carrying out the duties assigned to it for the implementation of Article 57, the EC Commission may obtain all necessary information from the EFTA Surveillance Authority and EFTA States.
2.
When sending a request for information to a person, an undertaking or an association of undertakings located within the territory of the EFTA Surveillance Authority, the EC Commission shall at the same time forward a copy of the request to the EFTA Surveillance Authority.
3.
Where such persons, undertakings or associations of undertakings do not provide the information requested within the period fixed by the EC Commission, or provide incomplete information, the EC Commission shall by decision require the information to be provided and forward a copy of that decision to the EFTA Surveillance Authority.
4.
At the request of the EC Commission, the EFTA Surveillance Authority shall undertake investigations within its territory.
5.
The EC Commission is entitled to be represented and take an active part in investigations carried out pursuant to paragraph 4.
6.
All information obtained during such investigations on request shall be transmitted to the EC Commission immediately after their finalization.
7.
Where the EC Commission carries out investigations within the territory of the Community, it shall, as regards cases falling under Article 2(1) and (2)(a), inform the EFTA Surveillance Authority of the fact that such investigations have taken place and on request transmit in an appropriate way the relevant results of the investigations.

PROFESSIONAL SECRECY
Article 9
1.
Information acquired as a result of the application of this Protocol shall be used only for the purpose of procedures under Article 57 of the Agreement.
2.
The EC Commission, the EFTA Surveillance Authority, the competent authorities of the EC Member States and of the EFTA States, and their officials and other servants shall not disclose information acquired by them as a result of the application of this Protocol and of the kind covered by the obligation of professional secrecy.
3.
Rules on professional secrecy and restricted use of information provided for in the Agreement or the legislation of the Contracting Parties shall not prevent the exchange and use of information as set out in this Protocol.

NOTIFICATIONS
Article 10
1.
Undertakings shall address their notifications to the competent surveillance authority in accordance with Article 57(2) of the Agreement.
2.
Notifications or complaints addressed to the authority which, pursuant to Article 57, is not competent to take decisions on a given case shall be transferred without delay to the competent surveillance authority.
Article 11
The date of submission of a notification shall be the date on which it is received by the competent surveillance authority.
The date of submission of a notification shall be the date on which it is received by the EC Commission or the EFTA Surveillance Authority, if the case is notified in accordance with the implementing rules under Article 57 of the Agreement, but falls under Article 53.

LANGUAGES
Article 12
1.
Undertakings shall be entitled to address and be addressed by the EFTA Surveillance Authority and the EC Commission in an official language of an EFTA State or the Community which they choose as regards notifications. This shall also cover all instances of a proceeding.
2.
If undertakings choose to address a surveillance authority in a language which is not one of the official languages of the States falling within the competence of that authority, or a working language of that authority, they shall simultaneously supplement all documentation with a translation into an official language of that authority.
3.
As far as undertakings are concerned which are not parties to the notification, they shall likewise be entitled to be addressed by the EFTA Surveillance Authority and the EC Commission in an appropriate official language of an EFTA State or of the Community or in a working language of one of those authorities. If they choose to address a surveillance authority in a language which is not one of the official languages of the States falling within the competence of that authority, or a working language of that authority, paragraph 2 shall apply.
4.
The language which is chosen for the translation shall determine the language in which the undertakings may be addressed by the competent authority.

TIME LIMITS AND OTHER PROCEDURAL QUESTIONS
Article 13
As regards time limits and other procedural provisions, the rules implementing Article 57 shall apply also for the purpose of the cooperation between the EC Commission and the EFTA Surveillance Authority and EFTA States, unless otherwise provided for in this Protocol.

TRANSITION RULE
Article 14
Article 57 shall not apply to any concentration which was the subject of an agreement or announcement or where control was acquired before the date of entry into force of the Agreement. It shall not in any circumstances apply to a concentration in respect of which proceedings were initiated before that date by a national authority with responsibility for competition.
PROTOCOL 25
on competition regarding coal and steel
Article 1
1.
All agreements between undertakings, decisions by associations of undertakings and concerted practices in respect of particular products referred to in Protocol 14 which may affect trade between Contracting Parties tending directly or indirectly to prevent, restrict or distort normal competition within the territory covered by this Agreement shall be prohibited, and in particular those tending:
1. to fix or determine prices,
2. to restrict or control production, technical development or investment,
3. to share markets, products, customers or sources of supply.
2.
However, the competent surveillance authority, as provided for in Article 56 of the Agreement, shall authorize specialization agreements or joint-buying or joint-selling agreements in respect of the products referred to in paragraph 1, if it finds that:
1. such specialization or such joint-buying or joint-selling will make for a substantial improvement in the production or distribution of those products;
2. the agreement in question is essential in order to achieve these results and is not more restrictive than is necessary for that purpose; and
3. the agreement is not liable to give the undertakings concerned the power to determine the prices, or to control or restrict the production or marketing, of a substantial part of the products in question within the territory covered by the Agreement, or to shield them against effective competition from other undertakings within the territory covered by the Agreement.
If the competent surveillance authority finds that certain agreements are strictly analogous in nature and effect to those referred to above, having particular regard to the fact that this paragraph applies to distributive undertakings, it shall authorize them also when satisfied that they meet the same requirements.
3.
Any agreement or decision prohibited by paragraph 1 shall be automatically void and may not be relied upon before any court or tribunal in the EC Member States or the EFTA States.
Article 2
1.
Any transaction shall require the prior authorization of the competent surveillance authority, as provided for in Article 56 of the Agreement, subject to the provisions of paragraph 3 of this Article, if it has in itself the direct or indirect effect of bringing about within the territory covered by the Agreement, as a result of action by any person or undertaking or group of persons or undertakings, a concentration between undertakings at least one of which is covered by Article 3, which may affect trade between Contracting Parties, whether the transaction concerns a single product or a number of different products, and whether it is effected by merger, acquisition of shares or parts of the undertaking or assets, loan, contract or any other means of control.
2.
The competent surveillance authority, as provided for in Article 56 of the Agreement, shall grant the authorization referred to in paragraph 1 if it finds that the proposed transaction will not give to the persons or undertakings concerned the power, in respect of the product or products within its jurisdiction:
- to determine prices, to control or restrict production or distribution or to hinder effective competition in a substantial part of the market for those products, or
- to evade the rules of competition instituted under this Agreement, in particular by establishing an artificially privileged position involving a substantial advantage in access to supplies or markets.
3.
Classes of transactions may, in view of the size of the assets or undertakings concerned, taken in conjunction with the kind of concentration to be effected, be exempted from the requirement of prior authorization.
4.
If the competent surveillance authority, as provided for in Article 56 of the Agreement, finds that public or private undertakings which, in law or in fact, hold or acquire in the market for one of the products within its jurisdiction a dominant position shielding them against effective competition in a substantial part of the territory covered by this Agreement are using that position for purposes contrary to the objectives of this Agreement and if such abuse may affect trade between Contracting Parties, it shall make to them such recommendations as may be appropriate to prevent the position from being so used.
Article 3
For the purposes of Articles 1 and 2 as well as for the purposes of information required for their application and proceedings in connection with them, ‘undertaking’ means any undertaking engaged in production in the coal or the steel industry within the territory covered by the Agreement, and any undertaking or agency regularly engaged in distribution other than sale to domestic consumers or small craft industries.
Article 4
Annex XIV to the Agreement contains specific provisions giving effect to the principles set out in Articles 1 and 2.
Article 5
The EFTA Surveillance Authority and the EC Commission shall ensure the application of the principles laid down in Articles 1 and 2 of this Protocol in accordance with the provisions giving effect to Articles 1 and 2 as contained in Protocol 21 and Annex XIV to the Agreement.
Article 6
Individual cases referred to in Articles 1 and 2 of this Protocol shall be decided upon by the EC Commission or the EFTA Surveillance Authority in accordance with Article 56 of the Agreement.
Article 7
With a view to developing and maintaining a uniform surveillance throughout the European Economic Area in the field of competition and of promoting a homogeneous implementation, application and interpretation of the provisions of the Agreement to this end, the competent authorities shall cooperate in accordance with the provisions set out in Protocol 23.
PROTOCOL 26
on the powers and functions of the EFTA Surveillance Authority in the field of State aid
The EFTA Surveillance Authority shall, in an agreement between the EFTA States, be entrusted with equivalent powers and similar functions to those of the EC Commission, at the time of the signature of the Agreement, for the application of the competition rules applicable to State aid of the Treaty establishing the European Economic Community, enabling the EFTA Surveillance Authority to give effect to the principles expressed in Articles l(2)(e), 49 and 61 to 63 of the Agreement. The EFTA Surveillance Authority shall also have such powers to give effect to the competition rules applicable to State aid relating to products falling under the Treaty establishing the European Coal and Steel Community as referred to in Protocol 14.
PROTOCOL 27
on cooperation in the field of State aid
In order to ensure a uniform implementation, application and interpretation of the rules on State aid throughout the territory of the Contracting Parties as well as to guarantee their harmonious development, the EC Commission and the EFTA Surveillance Authority shall observe the following rules:
1. exchange of information and views on general policy issues such as the implementation, application and interpretation of the rules on State aid set out in the Agreement shall be held periodically or at the request of either surveillance authority;
2. the EC Commission and the EFTA Surveillance Authority shall periodically prepare surveys on State aid in their respective States. These surveys shall be made available to the other surveillance authority;
3. if the procedure referred to in the first and second subparagraphs of Article 93(2) of the Treaty establishing the European Economic Community or the corresponding procedure set out in an agreement between the EFTA States establishing the EFTA Surveillance Authority is opened for State aid programmes and cases, the EC Commission or the EFTA Surveillance Authority shall give notice to the other surveillance authority as well as to the parties concerned to submit their comments;
4. the surveillance authorities shall inform each other of all decisions as soon as they are taken;
5. the opening of the procedure referred to in paragraph (c) and the decisions referred to in paragraph (d) shall be published by the competent surveillance authorities;
6. notwithstanding the provisions of this Protocol, the EC Commission and the EFTA Surveillance Authority shall, at the request of the other surveillance authority, provide on a case-by-case basis information and exchange views on individual State aid programmes and cases;
7. information obtained in accordance with paragraph (f) shall be treated as confidential.
PROTOCOL 28
on intellectual property

Substance of protection
Article 1
1.
For the purposes of this Protocol, the term ‘intellectual property’ shall include the protection of industrial and commercial property as covered by Article 13 of the Agreement.
2.
Without prejudice to the provisions of this Protocol and of Annex XVII, the Contracting Parties shall upon the entry into force of the Agreement adjust their legislation on intellectual property so as to make it compatible with the principles of free circulation of goods and services and with the level of protection of intellectual property attained in Community law, including the level of enforcement of those rights.
3.
Subject to the procedural provisions of the Agreement and without prejudice to the provisions of this Protocol and of Annex XVII, the EFTA States will adjust, upon request and after consultation between the Contracting Parties, their legislation on intellectual property in order to reach at least the level of protection of intellectual property prevailing in the Community upon signature of the Agreement.

Exhaustion of rights
Article 2
1.
To the extent that exhaustion is dealt with in Community measures or jurisprudence, the Contracting Parties shall provide for such exhaustion of intellectual property rights as laid down in Community law. Without prejudice to future developments of case-law, this provision shall be interpreted in accordance with the meaning established in the relevant rulings of the Court of Justice of the European Communities given prior to the signature of the Agreement.
2.
As regards patent rights, this provision shall take effect at the latest one year after the entry into force of the Agreement.

Community patents
Article 3
1.
The Contracting Parties undertake to use their best endeavours to conclude within a period of three years after the entry into force of the Agreement relating to Community patents (89/695/EEC) negotiations with a view to the participation of the EFTA States in that Agreement. However, for Iceland, this date will not be earlier than 1 January 1998.
2.
The specific conditions for the participation of the EFTA States in the Agreement relating to Community patents (89/695/EEC) shall be subject to future negotiations,
3.
The Community undertakes, after the entry into force of the Agreement relating to Community patents, to invite those EFTA States who so request to enter into negotiations, in accordance with Article 8 of the Agreement relating to Community patents, provided they will have in addition respected the provisions of paragraphs 4 and 5.
4.
The EFTA States shall comply in their law with the substantive provisions of the European Patent Convention of 5 October 1973.
5.
As regards patentability of pharmaceutical and foodstuff products, Finland shall comply with the provisions of paragraph 4 by 1 January 1995. As regards patentability of pharmaceutical products, Iceland shall comply with the provisions of paragraph 4 by 1 January 1997. The Community shall however not address an invitation as mentioned in paragraph 3 to Finland and Iceland before these dates, respectively.
6.
Notwithstanding Article 2, the holder, or his beneficiary, of a patent for a product mentioned in paragraph 5 filed in a Contracting Party at a time when a product patent could not be obtained in Finland or Iceland for that product may rely upon the rights granted by that patent in order to prevent the import and marketing of that product in the Contracting Parties where that product enjoys patent protection even if that product was put on the market in Finland or Iceland for the first time by him or with his consent.
This right may be invoked for the products referred to in paragraph 5 until the end of the second year after Finland or Iceland, respectively, has made these products patentable.

Semiconductor products
Article 4
1.
The Contracting Parties shall have the right to take decisions on the extension of the legal protection of topographies of semiconductor products to persons from any third country or territory, which is not a Contracting Party to this Agreement, who do not benefit from the right to protection according to the provisions of this Agreement. They may also conclude agreements to this effect.
2.
The Contracting Party concerned shall endeavour, where the right to protection for topographies of semiconductor products is extended to a non-Contracting Party, to ensure that the non-Contracting Party concerned will grant the right to protection to the other Contracting Parties to this Agreement under equivalent conditions to those granted to the Contracting Party concerned.
3.
The extension of rights conferred by parallel or equivalent agreements or understandings or equivalent decisions between any of the Contracting Parties and third countries shall be recognized and respected by all of the Contracting Parties.
4.
In respect of paragraphs 1 to 3, the general information, consultation and dispute settlement procedures contained in this Agreement shall apply.
5.
In any case of different relations arising between any of the Contracting Parties and any third country, consultations shall take place without delay as set out in paragraph 4 concerning the implications of such a divergence for the continuation of the free circulation of goods under this Agreement. Whenever such an agreement, understanding or decision is adopted, despite continuing disagreement between the Community and any other Contracting Party concerned, Part VII of this Agreement shall apply.

International conventions
Article 5
1.
The Contracting Parties shall undertake to obtain their adherence before 1 January 1995 to the following multilateral conventions on industrial, intellectual and commercial property:
1. Paris Convention for the Protection of Industrial Property (Stockholm Act, 1967);
2. Berne Convention for the Protection of Literary and Artistic Works (Paris Act, 1971);
3. International Convention for the Protection of Performers, Producers of Phonograms and Broadcasting Organizations (Rome, 1961);
4. Protocol relating to the Madrid Agreement concerning the International Registration of Marks (Madrid, 1989);
5. Nice Agreement concerning the International Classification of Goods and Services for the purpose of the Registration of Marks (Geneva, 1977, amended 1979);
6. Budapest Treaty on the International Recognition of the Deposit of Micro-organisms for the purposes of Patent Procedure (1980);
7. Patent Cooperation Treaty (1984).
2.
For the adherence of Finland, Ireland and Norway to the Protocol relating to the Madrid Agreement the date mentioned in paragraph 1 shall be replaced by 1 January 1996 and, for Iceland, 1 January 1997, respectively.
3.
Upon entry into force of this Protocol, the Contracting Parties shall comply in their internal legislation with the substantive provisions of the Conventions listed in paragraph l(a) to (c). However, Ireland shall comply in its internal legislation with the substantive provisions of the Berne Convention by 1 January 1995.

Negotiations concerning the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade
Article 6
The Contracting Parties agree, without prejudice to the competence of the Community and its Member States in matters of intellectual property, to improve the regime established by the Agreement as regards intellectual property in light of the results of the Uruguay Round negotiations.

Mutual information and consultation
Article 7
The Contracting Parties undertake to keep each other informed in the context of work within the framework of international organizations and within the context of agreements dealing with intellectual property.
The Contracting Parties also undertake, in areas covered by a measure adopted in Community law, to engage upon request in prior consultation in the abovementioned framework and contexts.

Transitional provisions
Article 8
The Contracting Parties agree to enter into negotiations in order to enable full participation of interested EFTA States in future measures concerning intellectual property which might be adopted in Community law.
Should such measures have been adopted before the entry into force of the Agreement, negotiations to participate in such measures shall begin at the earliest opportunity.

Competence
Article 9
The provisions of this Protocol shall be without prejudice to the competence of the Community and of its Member States in matters of intellectual property.
PROTOCOL 29
on vocational training
In order to promote the movement of young people within the EEA, the Contracting Parties agree to strengthen their cooperation in the field of vocational training and to endeavour to improve conditions for students wishing to study in an EEA State other than their own. In this context they agree that the provisions of the Agreement concerning the right of residence for students do not alter the possibilities of individual Contracting Parties, existing before the entry into force of the Agreement, as to the tuition fees charged to foreign students.
PROTOCOL 30
on specific provisions on the organization of cooperation in the field of statistics
1.
A conference of representatives of national statistical organizations of the Contracting Parties, the Statistical Office of the European Communities (Eurostat) and the Office of the Statistical Adviser of the EFTA States (OSA EFTA) shall be created. The conference shall guide statistical cooperation, develop programmes and procedures for statistical cooperation in close coordination with those of the Community and monitor their implementation.
2.

The EFTA States shall, from the entry into force of the Agreement, participate within the framework of plans for priority actions in the field of statistical information.
The EFTA States shall contribute financially to such actions in accordance with Article 82(l)(a) of the Agreement and the Financial Regulations thereto.
The EFTA States shall participate fully in the EC committees which assist the EC Commission in the management or development of such actions in so far as the subjects dealt with are covered by the Agreement.
3.
Statistical information from EFTA States relating to matters covered by the Agreement shall be coordinated by the OSA EFTA and transmitted through it to Eurostat. Storage and processing of data shall take place within Eurostat.
4.
Eurostat and the OSA EFTA shall ensure that EEA statistics are disseminated to the various users and to the public.
5.
The EFTA States shall defray the additional costs incurred by Eurostat for storing, processing and disseminating data from their countries according to the provisions of the Agreement. The amounts involved shall be fixed periodically by the EEA Joint Committee.
6.
Confidential statistical data may be used only for statistical purposes.
PROTOCOL 31
on cooperation in specific fields outside the four freedoms

Research and technological development
Article 1
1.
1. The EFTA States shall, from the entry into force of the Agreement, participate in the implementation of the Framework Programme of Community activities in the field of research and technological development (1990 to 1994) through participation in its specific programmes.
2. The EFTA States shall contribute financially to the activities referred to in subparagraph (a) in accordance with Article 82(1)(a) of the Agreement.
3. The EFTA States shall, in consequence of subparagraph (b), participate fully in all the EC committees which assist the EC Commission in the management or development of the said Framework Programme and its specific programmes.
4. Given the particular nature of the cooperation foreseen in the field of research and technological development, representatives of the EFTA States shall in addition be associated with the work of the Scientific and Technical Research Committee (CREST) and other EC committees which the EC Commission consults in this field, to the extent necessary for the good functioning of that cooperation.
2.
In the case of Iceland, however, the provisions of paragraph 1 shall apply from 1 January 1994.
3.
Evaluation and major redirection of activities in the Framework Programme for Community activities in the field of research and technological development (1990 to 1994), after the entry into force of the Agreement, shall be governed by the procedure referred to in Article 79(3) of the Agreement.
4.
The Agreement shall be without prejudice, on the one hand, to the bilateral cooperation taking place under the Framework Programme for Community activities in the field of research and technological development (1987 to 1991) and, on the other hand, in so far as they concern cooperation which is not covered by the Agreement, to the bilateral framework agreements for scientific and technical cooperation between the Community and the EFTA States.

Information services
Article 2
The EEA Joint Committee shall, from the entry into force of the Agreement, decide the terms and conditions for the participation of the EFTA States in the programmes established under the EC Council decisions mentioned below, or deriving therefrom, in the field of information services:
- 388 D 0524: Council Decision 88/524/EEC of 26 July 1988 concerning the establishment of a plan of action for setting up an information services market (OJ No L 288, 21.10.1988, p. 39)
- 389 D 0286: Council Decision 89/286/EEC of 17 April 1989 on the implementation at Community level of the main phase of the strategic programme for innovation and technology transfer (1989 to 1993) (Sprint programme) (OJ No L 112, 25.4.1989, p. 12).

Environment
Article 3
1.
Cooperation in the field of environment shall be strengthened in the framework of the activities of the Community, in particular in the following areas:
- policy and action programmes on the environment;
- integration of environmental protection requirements into other policies;
- economic and fiscal instruments;
- environmental questions which have transboundary implications;
- major regional and global topics under discussion within international organizations.
The cooperation shall include, inter alia, regular meetings.
2.
The necessary decisions shall be taken as soon as possible after the entry into force of the Agreement, to ensure the participation of the EFTA States in the European Environment Agency, once this Agency has been established by the Community, to the extent that this matter has not been settled prior to that date.
3.
Where it has been decided by the EEA Joint Committee that cooperation shall take the form of parallel legislation of identical or similar content by the Contracting Parties, the procedures referred to in Article 79(3) of the Agreement shall thereafter apply to the preparation of such legislation in the field in question.

Education, training and youth
Article 4
1.
The EFTA States shall, from the entry into force of the Agreement, participate in the Community programme Youth for Europe in accordance with Part VI.
2.
The EFTA States shall, as from 1 January 1995, participate subject to the provisions of Part VI, in all programmes of the Community in the field of education, training and youth then in force or adopted. The planning and development of programmes of the Community in this field shall, as from the entry into force of the Agreement, be subject to the procedures referred to in Part VI, in particular Article 79(3).
3.
The EFTA States shall contribute financially in accordance with Article 82(1)(a) to the programmes referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2.
4.
The EFTA States shall, as from the start of cooperation in programmes to which they contribute financially in accordance with Article 82(1)(a), participate fully in all the EC committees which assist the EC Commission in the management or development of these programmes.
5.
The EFTA States shall, from the entry into force of the Agreement, participate in the various activities of the Community involving the exchange of information including, where appropriate, contacts and meetings of experts, seminars and conferences. The Contracting Parties shall, furthermore, through the EEA Joint Committee or otherwise, take any other initiatives which may appear appropriate in this regard.
6.
The Contracting Parties shall encourage appropriate cooperation between the competent organizations, institutions and other bodies in their respective territories where this would contribute to the strengthening and broadening of cooperation. This shall apply in particular to matters covered by the activities of the European Centre for Development of Vocational Training (CEDEFOP).

Social policy
Article 5
1.
In the field of social policy, the dialogue referred to in Article 79(1) of the Agreement shall comprise, inter alia, the holding of meetings, including contacts between experts, the examination of questions of mutual interest in specific fields, the exchange of information on activities of the Contracting Parties, stock-taking of the state of cooperation and the carrying out, in common, of activities such as seminars and conferences.
2.
The Contracting Parties shall seek in particular to strengthen cooperation in the framework of Community activities which may result from the following Community acts:
- 388 Y 0203: Council Resolution of 21 December 1987 on safety, hygiene and health at work (OJ No C 28, 3.2.1988, p. 3);
- 391 Y 0531: Council Resolution of 21 May 1991 on the third medium-term Community action programme on equal opportunities for women and men (1991-95) (OJ No C 142, 31.5.1991, p. 1);
- 390 Y 627(06): Council Resolution of 29 May 1990 on action to assist the long-term unemployed (OJ No C 157, 27.6.1990, p. 4);
- 386 X 0379: Council Recommendation 86/379/EEC of 24 July 1986 on the employment of disabled people in the Community (OJ No L 225, 12.8.1986, p. 43);
- 389 D 0457: Council Decision 89/457/EEC of 18 July 1989 establishing a medium-term Community action programme concerning the economic and social integration of the economically and socially less privileged groups in the society (OJ No L 224, 2.8.1989, p. 10).
3.
The EFTA States shall, from the entry into force of the Agreement, participate within the framework of the Community actions for the elderly,
The EFTA States shall contribute financially in accordance with Article 82(1)(b) of the Agreement.
The EFTA States shall participate fully in the EC committees which assist the EC Commission in the management or development of the programme except for matters relating to the distribution of EC financial resources between Member States of the Community.
4.
The EEA Joint Committee shall take the necessary decisions in order to facilitate cooperation between the Contracting Parties in future programmes and activities of the Community in the social field.
5.
The Contracting Parties shall encourage appropriate cooperation between the competent organizations, institutions and other bodies in their respective territories where this would contribute to the strengthening and broadening of cooperation. This shall apply in particular to matters covered by the activities of the European Foundation for the Improvement of Working and Living Conditions.

Consumer protection
Article 6
1.
In the field of consumer protection, the Contracting Parties shall strengthen the dialogue between them by all appropriate means, with a view to identifying areas and activities where closer cooperation could contribute to the attainment of their objectives.
2.
The Contracting Parties shall seek to strengthen cooperation in the framework of Community activities, which may result from the following Community acts, in particular in ensuring consumer influence and participation:
- 389 Y 1122(01): Council Resolution of 9 November 1989 on future priorities for relaunching consumer protection policy (OJ No C 294, 22.11.1989, p. 1);
- 590 DC 0098: Three-Year Action Plan of Consumer Policy in the EEC (1990-92);
- 388 Y 1117(01): Council Resolution of 4 November 1988 on the improvement of consumer involvement in standardization (OJ No C 293, 17.11.1988, p. 1).

Small and medium-sized enterprises
Article 7
1.
The cooperation in the field of small and medium-sized enterprises shall in particular be promoted within the framework of actions of the Community:
- to remove undue administrative, financial and legal constraints on business;
- to inform and assist enterprises, and in particular small and medium-sized enterprises, on policies and programmes which might be of relevance to them;
- to encourage cooperation and partnership between enterprises, and in particular small and medium-sized enterprises, from different regions of the European Economic Area.
2.
The Contracting Parties shall seek in particular to strengthen cooperation in the framework of Community activities which may result from the following Community acts:
- 388 Y 0727(02): Council Resolution on the improvement of the business environment and action to promote the development of enterprises, especially small and medium-sized enterprises, in the Community (OJ No C 197, 27.7.1988, p. 6);
- 389 D 0490: Council Decision 89/490/EEC of 28 July 1989 on the improvement of the business environment and the promotion of the development of enterprises, in particular small and medium-sized enterprises, in the Community (OJ No L 239, 16.8.1989, p. 33);
- 389 Y 1007(01): Council Resolution of 26 September 1989 in the development of subcontracting in the Community (OJ No C 254, 7.10.1989, p. 1);
- 390 X 0246: Council Recommendation of 28 May 1990 relating to the implementation of a policy of administrative simplification in favour of SMEs in the Member States (OJ No L 141, 2.6.1990, p. 55);
- 391 Y 0605: Council Resolution of 27 May 1991 on the action programme for small and medium-sized enterprises including craft industry enterprises (OJ No C 146, 5.6.1991, p. 3);
- 391 D 0319: Council Decision 91/319/EEC of 18 June 1991 revising the programme on the improvement of the business environment and the promotion of the development of enterprises, in particular small and medium-sized enterprises in the Community (OJ No L 175, 4.7.1991, p. 32).
3.
The EEA Joint Committee shall, from the entry into force of the Agreement, take the appropriate decisions concerning the modalities, including those concerning any financial contributions by EFTA States, which shall apply in respect of the cooperation in the framework of the Community's activities in implementing the Council Decision on the improvement of the business environment and the promotion of development of enterprises, in particular small and medium-sized enterprises in the Community and activities following therefrom.

Tourism
Article 8
In the field of tourism, the dialogue referred to in Article 79(1) of the Agreement shall aim at identifying areas and actions where closer cooperation could contribute to the promotion of tourism and to the improvement of the general conditions of the tourist industry in the territories of the Contracting Parties.

Audiovisual sector
Article 9
The necessary decisions shall be taken as soon as possible after the entry into force of the Agreement, to ensure the participation by the EFTA States in the programmes established under 390 D 0685 Council Decision 90/685/EEC of 21 December 1990 concerning the implementation of an action programme to promote the development of the European audiovisual industry (MEDIA) (1991 to 1995) (OJ No L 380, 31.12.1990, p. 37) to the extent this matter has not been settled prior to that date.

Civil protection
Article 10
1.
The Contracting Parties shall seek to strengthen cooperation in the framework of Community activities which may result from (489 Y 0223) Resolution of the Council and the Representatives of the Member States, meeting within the Council, of 13 February 1989 on the new developments in Community cooperation on civil protection (OJ No C 44, 23.2.1989, p. 3).
2.
The EFTA States shall ensure that the number 112 is introduced within their territories as the single European emergency call number in accordance with the provisions of (391 D 0396) Council Decision of 29 July 1991 on the introduction of a single European emergency call number (OJ No L 217, 6.8.1991, p. 31).
PROTOCOL 32
on financial modalities for implementation of Article 82

Procedure for the determination of the financial participation of the EFTA States
Article 1
1.
The procedure for the calculation of the financial participation of the EFTA States in Community activities shall be that set out in the following paragraphs.
2.
The EC Commission shall communicate to the EEA Joint Committee together with relevant background material at the latest on 30 May of each financial year:
1. the amounts entered ‘for information’, in commitment appropriations and payment appropriations, in the statement of expenditure of the preliminary draft general budget of the European Communities, corresponding to the activities in which the EFTA States take part and calculated in accordance with the provisions of Article 82;
2. the estimated amount of the contributions, entered for information in the statement of revenue of the preliminary draft budget, corresponding to the participation of the EFTA States in these activities.
3.
The EEA Joint Committee shall, before 1 July each year, confirm that the amounts referred to in paragraph 2 are in accordance with the provisions of Article 82 of the Agreement.
4.
The amounts ‘for information’ corresponding to the participation of the EFTA States, both in commitment appropriations and in payment appropriations, as well as the amount of the contributions, shall be adjusted when the budget is adopted by the budgetary authority, in order to respect the provisions of Article 82.
5.
As soon as the general budget has been finally adopted by the budgetary authority the EC Commission shall communicate to the EEA Joint Committee the amounts which are entered therein ‘for information’ both in the statement of revenue and of expenditure corresponding to the participation of the EFTA States.
The EEA Joint Committee shall, within a period of 15 days following that communication, confirm that these amounts are in accordance with the provisions of Article 82.
6.
By 1 January at the latest of each financial year, the Standing Committee of the EFTA States shall inform the EC Commission of. the final breakdown of the contribution for each EFTA State.
This breakdown shall be of a binding character for each EFTA State.
Should this information not be provided by 1 January, the breakdown of the previous year shall apply on a provisional basis.

Making available the contributions of the EFTA States
Article 2
1.
On the basis of the information transmitted by the Standing Committee of the EFTA States pursuant to the provisions of Article 1(6) above, the EC Commission shall establish:
1. pursuant to Article 28(1) of the Financial Regulation a proposal for a claim, corresponding to the amount of the participation of the EFTA States, calculated on the basis of the commitment appropriations.
The drawing up of the proposal for a claim shall give rise to the formal opening by the EC Commission of the commitment appropriations on the budgetary lines concerned within the framework of the budgetary structure created to this end.
If the budget has not been adopted by the opening of the financial year, the provisions of Article 9 of the Financial Regulation shall apply;
2. pursuant to Article 28(2) of the Financial Regulation, a call for funds corresponding to the amount of the contributions of the EFTA States, calculated on the basis of the payment appropriations.
2.
This order shall provide for the payment, by each EFTA State, of its contribution in two stages:
- six-twelfths of its contribution not later than 20 January,
- six-twelfths of its contribution not later than 15 July.
However, the six-twelfths to be paid at the latest on 20 January are calculated on the basis of the amount, ‘for information’ set out in the statement of revenue of the preliminary draft budget: the regularization of the amounts thus paid shall occur with the payment of the twelfths falling due on 15 July.
If the budget is not adopted before 30 March, the second payment shall also take place on the basis of the amount foreseen ‘for information’ in the preliminary draft budget. The regularization shall take place three months after the completion of the procedures provided for in Article 1(5).
The collections corresponding to the payment by the EFTA States of their contributions shall give rise to the formal opening of payment appropriations on the budgetary lines concerned within the framework of the budgetary structure created to this end without prejudice to the application of the provisions of Article 9 of the Financial Regulation.
3.
Contributions shall be expressed and paid in ECUs.
4.
To this end, each EFTA State shall open with its Treasury or the body it shall designate for this purpose an account in ECUs on behalf of the EC Commission.
5.
Any delay in the entries in the account referred to in paragraph 4 in relation to the deadlines set out in paragraph 2 shall give rise to the payment, by the EFTA State concerned, of interest at a rate equal to the rate applied by the European Monetary Cooperation Fund to its operations in ECUs, plus 1.5 of a percentage point, for the month of the expiration date and published each month in the Official Journal of the European Communities, series C.

Adjustments in the light of implementation
Article 3
1.
The amounts of the participation of the EFTA States, determined for each budgetary line concerned, in accordance with the provisions of Article 82 of the Agreement shall normally remain unchanged during the financial year in question.
2.
The EC Commission, at the time of the closure of the accounts relating to each financial year (n), within the framework of the establishment of the revenue and expenditure account, shall proceed to the regularization of the accounts with respect to the participation of the EFTA States, taking into consideration:
- modifications which have taken place, either by transfer or by supplementary budget during the financial year;
- the final implementation of the appropriations for the financial year, taking into account possible cancellations and carry-overs;
- any sums covering Community-related expenditure which the EFTA States cover individually or payments made by EFTA States in kind, e.g. administrative support.
This regularization shall occur in the framework of the establishment of the budget for the following year (n + 2).
3.
However, in exceptional circumstances duly justified, and in so far as the proportionality factor has to be safeguarded, the EC Commission may request, from the EFTA States, after approval by the EEA Joint Committee, an additional contribution during the same financial year as that during which the variation has occurred. Such additional contributions shall be registered on the accounts referred to in Article 2(4) on a date to be fixed by the EEA Joint Committee and which shall as far as possible coincide with the regularization foreseen in Article 2(2). In the event of delay in these registrations, the provisions of Article 2(5) shall apply.
4.
Complementary rules for the implementation of paragraphs 1 to 3 shall be adopted as necessary by the EEA Joint Committee.
This shall apply in particular as regards the manner in which account shall be taken of any sums covering Community-related expenditure which the EFTA States cover individually or payments made by EFTA States in kind.

Review
Article 4
The provisions of:
- Article 2(1),
- Article 2(2),
- Article 3(2) and
- Article 3(3),
shall be reviewed before 1 January 1994 by the EEA Joint Committee and amended as appropriate in the light of experience of their implementation and in the light of Community decisions affecting the Financial Regulation and/or the presentation of the general budget.

Conditions for implementation
Article 5
1.
The utilization of the appropriations arising from the participation of the EFTA States shall take place in accordance with the provisions of the Financial Regulation.
2.
However, with regard to the rules relating to tendering procedures, calls for tender shall be open to all EC Member States as well as to all EFTA States in so far as they involve financing on budgetary lines in respect of which the EFTA States are participating.

Information
Article 6
1.
The EC Commission shall provide the Standing Committee of the EFTA States, at the end of each quarter, with an extract from its accounts showing, with regard both to receipts and expenditure, the situation as regards the implementation of the programmes and other actions in which the EFTA States participate financially.
2.
After the closure of the financial year, the EC Commission shall communicate to the Standing Committee of the EFTA States the data concerning the programmes and other actions in which the EFTA States participate financially, which appear in the revenue and expenditure account and the balance sheet drawn up in accordance with the provisions of Articles 78 and 81 of the Financial Regulation.
3.
The Community shall provide the Standing Committee of the EFTA States with such other financial information as the latter may reasonably request as regards the programmes and other actions in which they participate financially.

Control
Article 7
1.
The control of the determination and of the availability of all income as well as the control of the commitment and of the scheduling of all expenditure corresponding to the participation of the EFTA States, shall take place in accordance with the provisions of the Treaty establishing the European Economic Community, of the Financial Regulation and of the applicable regulations in the fields referred to in Articles 76 and 78 of the Agreement.
2.
Appropriate arrangements shall be established between the auditing authorities in the Community and in the EFTA States with a view to facilitating the control of income and expenditure corresponding to the participation of EFTA States in Community activities in accordance with paragraph 1.

GDP figure to be taken into consideration to calculate the proportionality factor
Article 8
1.
The GDP data at market prices referred to in Article 82 of the Agreement shall be those published as a result of the implementation of Article 76 of the Agreement.
2.
Exceptionally, for the financial years 1993 and 1994, the data concerning GDP shall be those established by the OECD. If necessary, the EEA Joint Committee may decide to extend this provision for one or more subsequent years.
PROTOCOL 33
on arbitration procedures
1.
If a dispute has been referred to arbitration there shall be three arbitrators, unless the parties to the dispute decide otherwise.
2.
The two sides to the dispute shall each, within 30 days, appoint one arbitrator.
3.
The arbitrators so designated shall nominate by consensus one umpire, who shall be a national of one of the Contracting Parties other than those of the arbitrators designated. If they cannot agree within two months of their appointment, the umpire shall be chosen by them from seven persons on a list established by the EEA Joint Committee. The Joint Committee shall establish and keep under review this list in accordance with the rules of procedure for the Committee.
4.
Unless the Contracting Parties decide otherwise, the arbitration tribunal shall adopt its rules of procedure. It takes its decisions by majority.
PROTOCOL 34
on the possibility for courts and tribunals of EFTA States to request the Court of Justice of the European Communities to decide on the interpretation of EEA rules corresponding to EC rules
Article 1
When a question of interpretation of provisions of the Agreement, which are identical in substance to the provisions of the Treaties establishing the European Communities, as amended or supplemented, or of acts adopted in pursuance thereof, arises in a case pending before a court or tribunal of an EFTA State, the court or tribunal may, if it considers this necessary, ask the Court of Justice of the European Communities to decide on such a question.
Article 2
An EFTA State which intends to make use of this Protocol shall notify the Depositary and the Court of Justice of the European Communities to what extent and according to what modalities the Protocol will apply to its courts and tribunals.
Article 3
The Depositary shall notify the Contracting Parties of any notification under Article 2.
PROTOCOL 35
on the implementation of EEA rules
Whereas this Agreement aims at achieving a homogeneous European Economic Area, based on common rules, without requiring any Contracting Party to transfer legislative powers to any institution of the European Economic Area; and
Whereas this consequently will have to be achieved through national procedures;
Sole Article
For cases of possible conflicts between implemented EEA rules and other statutory provisions, the EFTA States undertake to introduce, if necessary, a statutory provision to the effect that EEA rules prevail in these cases.
PROTOCOL 36
on the Statute of the EEA Joint Parliamentary Committee
Article 1
The EEA Joint Parliamentary Committee established by Article 95 of the Agreement shall be constituted and function in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement and this Statute.
Article 2
The EEA Joint Parliamentary Committee shall consist of 66 members.
An equal number of members of the EEA Joint Parliamentary Committee shall be appointed by the European Parliament and by the Parliaments of the EFTA States, respectively.
Article 3
The EEA Joint Parliamentary Committee shall elect its President and Vice-President from among its members. The office of President of the Committee shall be held alternately, for a period of one year, by a member appointed by the European Parliament and by a member appointed by a Parliament of an EFTA State.
The Committee shall appoint its bureau.
Article 4
The EEA Joint Parliamentary Committee shall hold a general session twice a year, alternately in the Community and in an EFTA State. The Committee shall decide at each session where the next general session shall be held. Extraordinary sessions may be held when the Committee or its bureau so decides in accordance with the rules of procedure of the Committee.
Article 5
The EEA Joint Parliamentary Committee shall adopt its rules of procedure with a two-third majority of the members of the Committee.
Article 6
The costs for participation in the EEA Joint Parliamentary Committee shall be borne by the Parliament that appointed a member.
PROTOCOL 37
containing the list provided for in Article 101
1.
Scientific Committee for Food (Commission Decision 74/234/EEC)
2.
Pharmaceutical Committee (Council Decision 75/320/EEC)
3.
Scientific Veterinary Committee (Commission Decision 81/651/EEC)
4.
Committee on Transport Infrastructure (Council Decision 78/174/EEC)
5.
Administrative Commission on Social Security for Migrant Workers (Council Regulation (EEC) 1408/71)
6.
Contact Committee on Money Laundering, (Council Directive 91/308/EEC)
7.
Advisory Committee on Restrictive Practices and Dominant Positions (Council Regulation (EEC) 17/62)
8.
Advisory Committee on Concentrations (Council Regulation (EEC) 4064/89)
PROTOCOL 38
on the Financial Mechanism
Article 1
1.
The Financial Mechanism shall provide financial assistance to the development and structural adjustment of the regions referred to in Article 4, on the one hand, in the form of interest rebates on loans and, on the other hand, in the form of direct grants.
2.
The Financial Mechanism shall be financed by the EFTA States. The latter shall extend a mandate to the European Investment Bank, which shall execute this mandate according to the following Articles. The EFTA States shall establish a Financial Mechanism Committee which shall take the decisions required by Articles 2 and 3 as far as interest rebates and grants are concerned.
Article 2
1.
The interest rebates provided for in Article 1 shall be available in connection with loans granted by the European Investment Bank and denominated, as far as possible, in ECUs.
2.
The interest rebate on such loans shall be fixed at three percentage points, per annum, by reference to European Investment Bank interest rates and shall be available for 10 years in respect of any one loan.
3.
There shall be a period of grace of two years before repayment, in equal tranches, of capital commences.
4.
The interest rebates shall be subject to approval by the EFTA Financial Mechanism Committee and to the opinion of the EC Commission.
5.
The total volume of loans, which shall be eligible, over the period 1993 to 1997 inclusive, for the interest rebates provided for in Article 1 and to be committed in equal tranches, shall be ECU 1 500 million.
Article 3
1.
The total amount of the grants provided for in Article 1 shall be ECU 500 million, to be committed in equal tranches over the period 1993 to 1997, inclusive.
2.
These grants shall be disbursed by the European Investment Bank on the basis of the proposals from the beneficiary EC Member States and after seeking the opinion of the EC Commission and having the approval of the EFTA Financial Mechanism Committee, which shall be informed throughout the process.
Article 4
1.
The financial assistance provided for in Article 1 shall be limited to projects carried out by public authorities and public or private undertakings in Greece, the island of Ireland, Portugal and in those regions of Spain listed in the Appendix. The share of each region in the overall level of financial assistance shall be determined by the Community, which shall inform the EFTA States.
2.
Priority shall be given to projects which place particular emphasis on the environment (including urban development), on transport (including transport infrastructure) or on education and training. Among projects submitted by private undertakings, special consideration shall be given to small and medium-sized enterprises.
3.
The maximum grant element for any project supported by the Financial Mechanism shall be fixed at a level which is not inconsistent with EC policies in this regard.
Article 5
The EFTA States shall make such arrangements with the European Investment Bank and the EC Commission as may be mutually deemed appropriate to ensure the good functioning of the Financial Mechanism. The costs related to the administration of the Financial Mechanism shall be decided in this context.
Article 6
The European Investment Bank shall be entitled to attend, as an observer, meetings of the EEA Joint Committee when matters in relation to the Financial Mechanism which concern the European Investment Bank are on the agenda.
Article 7
Further provisions for the implementation of the Financial Mechanism may be decided upon by the EEA Joint Committee as necessary.
Appendix to Protocol 38

List of eligible Spanish regions
- Andalucía
- Asturias
- Castilla y León
- Castilla-La Mancha
- Ceuta-Melilla
- Valencia
- Extremadura
- Galicia
- Islas Canarias
- Murcia
PROTOCOL 39
on the ECU
For the purposes of this Agreement, ‘ECU’ means the ECU as defined by the competent Community authorities. In all acts referred to in the Annexes to the Agreement, ‘European unit of account’ shall be replaced by ‘ECU’.
PROTOCOL 40
on Svalbard
1.
When ratifying the EEA Agreement, the Kingdom of Norway shall have the right to exempt the territory of Svalbard from the application of the Agreement.
2.
If the Kingdom of Norway avails itself of this right, existing agreements applicable to Svalbard, i.e. the Convention establishing the European Free Trade Association, the Free Trade Agreement between the European Economic Community and the Kingdom of Norway and the Free Trade Agreement between the Member States of the European Coal and Steel Community and the European Coal and Steel Community of the one part, and the Kingdom of Norway of the other part, shall continue to apply to the territory of Svalbard.
PROTOCOL 41
on existing agreements
In accordance with the provisions of Article 120 of the EEA Agreement, the Contracting Parties have agreed that the following existing bilateral or multilateral Agreements binding the European Economic Community, on the one hand, and one or more EFTA States, on the other, shall continue to apply after the entry into force of the EEA Agreement:
29.4.1963/3.12.1976 | International Commission for the Protection of the Rhine against Pollution. Mixed agreement between the Swiss Confederation and the European Economic Community, the Federal Republic of Germany, France, Luxembourg and the Netherlands.
3.12.1976 | Protection of the Rhine against Chemical Pollution. Mixed agreement between the Swiss Confederation and the European Economic Community, the Federal Republic of Germany, France, Luxembourg and the Netherlands.
1.12.1987 | Agreement between the Republic of Austria, on the one hand, and the Federal Republic of Germany and the European Economic Community, on the other, on cooperation on management of water resources in the Danube basin.
19.11.1991 | Agreement in the form of an Exchange of Letters between the Republic of Austria and the European Economic Community concerning the marketing, in Austrian territory, of Community table wines and ‘Landwein’ in bottles.
PROTOCOL 42
on bilateral arrangements concerning specific agricultural products
The Contracting Parties take note that at the same time as the Agreement, bilateral agreements on trade in agricultural products have been signed. These agreements, which develop further or supplement agreements made earlier by the Contracting Parties, and moreover reflect, inter alia, their agreed common objective to contribute to the reduction of social and economic disparities between their regions, shall enter into force, at the latest, at the time of entry into force of the present Agreement.
PROTOCOL 43
on the Agreement between the EC and the Republic of Austria on the transit of goods by road and rail
The Contracting Parties note that simultaneously with the present Agreement, a bilateral Agreement was signed between the European Communities and Austria on the transit of goods by road and rail.
Provisions of the bilateral Agreement shall prevail over provisions of the present Agreement to the extent that they cover the same subject matter and as specified in the present Agreement.
Six months before the expiration of the Agreement between the European Community and the Republic of Austria on the transit of goods by road and rail, the situation in road transport will be jointly reviewed.
PROTOCOL 44
on the Agreement between the EC and the Swiss Confederation on the carriage of goods by road and rail
The Contracting Parties note that simultaneously with the present Agreement, a bilateral Agreement was signed between the European Communities and the Swiss Confederation on the carriage of goods by road and rail.
Provisions of the bilateral Agreement shall prevail over provisions of the present Agreement to the extent that they cover the same subject matter and as specified in the present Agreement.
Six months before the expiration of the Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on the carriage of goods by road and rail, the situation in road transport will be jointly reviewed.
PROTOCOL 45
on transitional periods concerning Spain and Portugal
The Contracting Parties consider that the Agreement does not affect the transitional periods accorded to Spain and Portugal by the Act of their accession to the European Communities, which could remain after the entry into force of the Agreement, independently of the transitional periods provided for in the Agreement itself.
PROTOCOL 46
on the development of cooperation in the fisheries sector
In the light of the results of two-yearly reviews of the state of their cooperation in the fisheries sector, the Contracting Parties will seek to develop this cooperation on a harmonious, mutually beneficial basis and within the framework of their respective fisheries policies. The first review will take place before the end of 1993.
PROTOCOL 47
on the abolition of technical barriers to trade in wine
The Contracting Parties shall authorize imports and marketing of wine products, originating in their territories, which are in conformity with the EC legislation, as adapted for the purposes of the Agreement, as set out in the Appendix to this Protocol related to product definition, oenological practices, composition of products and modalities for circulation and marketing.
For the purpose of this Protocol ‘originating wine products’ shall be understood as ‘wine products in which all the grapes or any materials derived from grapes used therein must be wholly obtained’.
For all purposes other than trade between the EFTA States and the Community, the EFTA States may continue to apply their national legislation.
The provisions of Protocol 1 on horizontal adaptations shall apply to the acts referred to in the Appendix to this Protocol. The Standing Committee of the EFTA States shall fulfil the functions mentioned in points 4(d) and 5 of Protocol 1.
APPENDIX
1.

373 R 2805: Commission Regulation (EEC) No 2805/73 of 12 October 1973 determining a list of white quality wines, produced in specified regions and of imported white quality wines containing a certain percentage of sulphur dioxide and laying down certain transitional provisions relating to the percentage of sulphur dioxide in wines produced before 1 October 1973 (OJ No L 289, 16.10.1973, p. 21), as amended by:
- 373 R 3548: Commission Regulation (EEC) No 3548/73 of 21 December 1973 (OJ No L 361, 29.12.1973, p. 35),
- 375 R 2160: Commission Regulation (EEC) No 2160/75 of 19 August 1975 (OJ No L 220, 20.8.1975, p. 7),
- 377 R 0966: Commission Regulation (EEC) No 966/77 of 4 May 1977 (OJ No L 115, 6.5.1977, p. 77).
The provisions of the Regulation shall, for the purposes of the Agreement, be read with the following adaptation:
Wines originating in EFTA States for which the provisions of this Regulation are relevant, shall continue to be covered by section B of Article 1.
2.
374 R 2319: Commission Regulation (EEC) No 2319/74 of 10 September 1974 specifying certain wine-growing areas which may produce table wines having a maximum total alcoholic strength of 17o (OJ No L 248, 11.9.1974, p. 7).
3.

378 R 1972: Commission Regulation (EEC) No 1972/78 of 16 August 1978 laying down detailed rules on oenological practices (OJ No L 226, 17.8.1978, p. 11), as amended by:
- 380 R 0045: Commission Regulation (EEC) No 45/80 of 10 January 1980 (OJ No L 7, 11.1.1980, p. 12).
4.

379 R 0358: Council Regulation (EEC) No 358/79 of 5 February 1979 on sparkling wines produced in the Community and defined in Item 13 of Annex II to Regulation (EEC) No 337/79 (OJ No L 54, 5.3.1979, p. 130), as amended by:
- 379 R 2383: Council Regulation (EEC) No 2383/79 of 29 October 1979 (OJ No L 274, 31.10.1979, p. 8),
- 179 H: Act concerning the Conditions of Accession and the Adjustments to the Treaties — Accession to the European Communities of the Hellenic Republic (OJ No L 291, 19.11.1979, p. 83),
- 380 R 3456: Council Regulation (EEC) No 3456/80 of 22 December 1980 (OJ No L 360, 31.12.1980, p. 18),
- 384 R 3686: Council Regulation (EEC) No 3686/84 of 19 December 1984 (OJ No L 341, 29.12.1984, p. 3),
- 385 R 3310: Council Regulation (EEC) No 3310/85 of 18 November 1985 (OJ No L 320, 29.11.1985, p. 19),
- 385 R 3805: Council Regulation (EEC) No 3805/85 of 20 December 1985 (OJ No L 367, 31.12.1985, p. 39),
- 389 R 2044: Council Regulation (EEC) No 2044/89 of 19 June 1989 (OJ No L 202, 14.7.1989, p. 8),
- 390 R 1328: Council Regulation (EEC) No 1328/90 of 14 May 1990 (OJ No L 132, 23.5.1990, p. 74),
- 391 R 1735: Council Regulation (EEC) No 1735/91 of 13 June 1991 (OJ No L 163, 26.6.1991, p. 9).
5.
383 R 2510: Commission Regulation No 2510/83/EEC of 7 September 1983 providing for an exception in respect of the volatile acid content of certain wines (OJ No L 248, 8.9.1983, p. 16), as corrected by OJ No L 265, 28.9.1983, p. 22.
6.

384 R 2394: Commission Regulation No 2394/84/EEC of 20 August 1984 laying down conditions of ion exchange resins and detailed implementing rules for the preparation of rectified concentrated grape must (OJ No L 224, 21.8.1984, p. 8), as amended by:
- 385 R 0888: Commission Regulation (EEC) No 888/85 of 2 April 1985 (OJ No L 96, 3.4.1985, p. 14),
- 386 R 2751: Commission Regulation (EEC) No 2751/86 of 4 September 1986 (OJ No L 253, 5.9.1986, p. 11).
7.

385 R 3309: Council Regulation (EEC) No 3309/85 of 18 November 1985 laying down general rules for the description and presentation of sparkling wines and aerated sparkling wines (OJ No L 320, 29.11.1985, p. 9), as corrected by OJ No L 72, 15.3.1986, p. 47, OJ No L 347, 28.11.1989, p. 37, OJ No L 286, 4.10.1989, p. 27 and OJ No L 367, 16.12.1989, p. 71, as amended by:
- 385 R 3805: Council Regulation (EEC) No 3805/85 of 20 December 1985 (OJ No L 367, 31.12.1985, p. 39),
- 386 R 1626: Council Regulation (EEC) No 1626/86 of 6 May 1986 (OJ No L 144, 29.5.1986, p. 3),
- 387 R 0538: Council Regulation (EEC) No 538/87 of 23 February 1987 (OJ No L 55, 25.2.1987, p. 4),
- 389 R 2045: Council Regulation (EEC) No 2045/89 of 19 June 1989 (OJ No L 202, 14.7.1989, p. 12).
The provisions of the Regulation shall, for the purposes of the Agreement, be read with the following adaptations:
1. The first indent of Article 3(4) shall not apply;
2. Article 5(2) shall be completed as follows:
  1. in the case of a quality sparkling wine referred to in Title III of Regulation (EEC) No 358/79, originating in:
    - Austria: “Qualitätsschaumwein”, “Qualitätssekt”
;
3. Article 6 shall be completed as follows:
  - The term “Hauersekt” shall be reserved for quality sparkling wines equivalent to quality sparkling wines produced in a specified region in accordance with Title III of Regulation (EEC) No 358/79 and Article 6(4) of Regulation (EEC) No 3309/85, provided that they are:
    - produced in Austria,
    - produced from grapes harvested in the same vineyard, where the producer makes wine from grapes intended for the preparation of quality sparkling wines,
    - marketed by the producer and made available with labels indicating the vineyard, the vine variety and the year,
    - regulated by Austrian rules.
.
8.
385 R 3803: Council Regulation (EEC) No 3803/85 of 20 December 1985 laying down the provisions enabling the origin of Spanish red table wines to be determined and their commercial movements to be followed (OJ No L 367, 31.12.1985, p. 36).
9.
385 R 3804: Council Regulation (EEC) No 3804/85 of 20 December 1985 drawing up the list of areas under vines in certain Spanish regions where table wines may have an actual alcoholic strength which is lower than Community requirements (OJ No L 367, 31.12.1985, p. 37).
10.
386 R 0305: Commission Regulation (EEC) No 305/86 of 12 February 1986 on the maximum total sulphur dioxide content of wine originating in the Community before 1 September 1986 and, for a transitional period, imported wine (OJ No L 38, 13.2.1986, p. 13).
11.
386 R 1627: Council Regulation (EEC) No 1627/86 of 6 May 1986 laying down rules for the description of special wines with regard to the indication of alcoholic strength (OJ No L 144, 29.5.1986, p. 4).
12.
386 R 1888: Commission Regulation (EEC) No 1888/86/EEC of 18 June 1986 on the maximum total sulphur dioxide content of certain sparkling wines originating in the Community and prepared before 1 September 1986, and, for a transitional period, of imported sparkling wines (OJ No L 163, 19.6.1986, p. 19).
13.

386 R 2094: Commission Regulation (EEC) No 2094/86 of 3 July 1986 laying down detailed rules for the use of tartaric acid for the deacidification of specified wine products in certain regions of zone A (OJ No L 180, 4.7.1986, p. 17), as amended by:
- 386 R 2736; Commission Regulation (EEC) No 2736/86 (OJ No L 252, 4.9.1986, p. 15).
14.

386 R 2707; Commission Regulation (EEC) No 2707/86 of 28 August 1986 laying down detailed rules for the description and presentation of sparkling and aerated sparkling wines (OJ No 246, 30.8.1986, p. 71), as amended by:
- 386 R 3378; Commission Regulation (EEC) No 3378/86 of 4 November 1986 (OJ No L 310, 5.11.1986, p. 5),
- 387 R 2249: Commission Regulation (EEC) No 2249/87 of 28 July 1987 (OJ No L 207, 29.7.1987, p. 26),
- 388 R 0575: Commission Regulation (EEC) No 575/88 of 1 March 1988 (OJ No L 56, 2.3.1988, p. 22),
- 388 R 2657: Commission Regulation (EEC) No 2657/88 of 25 August 1988 (OJ No L 237, 27.8.1988, p. 17),
- 389 R 0596: Commission Regulation (EEC) No 596/89 of 8 March 1989 (OJ No L 65, 9.3.1989, p. 9),
- 390 R 2776: Commission Regulation (EEC) No 2776/90 of 27 September 1990 (OJ No L 267, 29.9.1990, p. 30),
- 390 R 3826: Commission Regulation (EEC) No 3826/90 of 19 December 1990 (OJ No L 366, 29.12.1990, p. 58).
The provisions of the Regulation shall, for the purposes of the Agreement, be read with the following adaptation:
In Annex II point 1 shall not apply.
15.

387 R 0822: Council Regulation (EEC) No 822/87 of 16 March 1987 on the common organization of the market in wine (OJ No L 84, 27.3.1987, p. 1), as corrected by OJ No L 284, 19.10.1988, p. 65, as amended by:
- 387 R 1390: Council Regulation (EEC) No 1390/87 of 18 May 1987 (OJ No L 133, 22.5.1987, p. 3),
- 387 R 1972: Council Regulation (EEC) No 1972/87 of 2 July 1987 (OJ No L 184, 3.7.1987, p. 26),
- 387 R 3146: Council Regulation (EEC) No 3146/87 of 19 October 1987 (OJ No L 300, 23.10.1987, p. 4),
- 387 R 3992: Commission Regulation (EEC) No 3992/87 of 23 December 1987 (OJ No L 377, 31.12.1987, p. 20),
- 388 R 1441: Council Regulation (EEC) No 1441/88 of 24 May 1988 (OJ No L 132, 28.5.1988, p. 1),
- 388 R 2253: Council Regulation (EEC) No 2253/88 of 19 July 1988 (OJ No L 198, 26.7.1988, p. 35),
- 388 R 2964: Council Regulation (EEC) No 2964/88 of 26 September 1988 (OJ No L 269, 29.9.1988, p. 5),
- 388 R 4250: Council Regulation (EEC) No 4250/88 of 21 December 1988 (OJ No L 373, 31.12.1988, p. 55),
- 389 R 1236: Council Regulation (EEC) No 1236/89 of 3 May 1989 (OJ No L 128, 11.5.1989, p. 31),
- 390 R 0388: Council Regulation (EEC) No 388/90 of 12 February 1990 (OJ No L 42, 16.2.1990, p. 9),
- 390 R 1325: Council Regulation (EEC) No 1325/90 of 14 May 1990 (OJ No L 132, 23.5.1990, p. 19),
- 390 R 3577: Council Regulation (EEC) No 3577/90 of 4 December 1990 (OJ No L 353, 17.12.1990, p. 23).
The provisions of the Regulation shall, for the purposes of the Agreement, be read with the following adaptations:
1. Article 1(1), l(4)(c), l(4)(e), l(4)(g) and the second subparagraph of 1(4) shall not apply;
2. By way of derogation from Article 1(6), for Switzerland the wine marketing year starts at 1 July of each year and ends at 30 June of the following year;
3. Titles I, with the exception of Article 13, III and IV shall not apply;
4. Austria, Switzerland and Liechtenstein shall establish a classification scheme of vine varieties drawn up in accordance with the principles laid down in Article 13;
5. In Article 16(7) ‘coupage of wine originating in a third country’ shall read ‘coupage of wine originating in a third country or an EFTA State’;
6. For products produced on their respective territories, Austria, Switzerland and Liechtenstein may apply their national legislation regarding practices as referred to in Articles 18, 19, 21, 22, 23 and 24;
7. Article 20 shall not apply;
8. By way of derogation from Article 66(1), the following quality wines produced in Austria according to particular methods may exceed 18 but not 22 milliequivalents of volatile acid per litre: ‘Ausbruch’, ‘Beerenauslese’, ‘Trockenbeerenauslese’, ‘Eiswein’ and ‘Strohwein’;
9. Articles 70, 75, 76, 80 and 85 shall not apply;
10. Article 78 shall be covered by point 3 of Protocol 1;
11. Annex I shall be supplemented as follows:
  1. ‘Strohwein’: the product originating in Austria and produced according to provisions laid down in Article 17(3)(1) of the Austrian wine law Österreichisches Weingesetz, 1985);
  2. The grape must in fermentation produced in accordance with provisions of point 3 of Annex I may be designated as:
    - ‘Sturm’ if it originates in Austria;
    - ‘Federweiss’ or ‘Federweisser’ if it originates in Switzerland or Liechtenstein.
However, for technical reasons the actual alcoholic strength by volume may exceptionally exceed three-fifths of the total alcoholic strength by volume.
  3. The term ‘Tafelwein’ and its equivalents as referred to in point 13 shall not be used for wines originating in Austria;
12. Annexes III, V and VII shall not apply;
13. For the purposes of Annex IV, Austria, Liechtenstein and Switzerland shall be considered as belonging to wine-growing zone B;
14. By way of derogation from Annex VI:
  - Austria may maintain the general prohibition for sorbic acid,
  - Norway and Sweden may maintain the general prohibition of metatartaric acid,
  - wines originating in Austria, Liechtenstein and Switzerland may be treated with silver chloride according to their respective wine laws.
16.

387 R 0823: Council Regulation (EEC) No 823/87 of 16 March 1987 laying down special provisions relating to quality wines produced in specified regions (OJ No L 084, 27.3.1987, p. 59), as amended by:
- 389 R 2043: Council Regulation (EEC) No 2043/89 of 19 June 1989 (OJ No L 202, 14.7.1989, p. 1).
- 390 R 3577: Council Regulation (EEC) No 3577/90 of 4 December 1990 (OJ No L 353, 17.12.1990, p. 23).
The provisions of the Regulation shall, for the purposes of the present Agreement, be read with the following adaptations:
Wine products originating in EFTA States shall be considered as equivalent to quality wines produced in specified regions (‘quality wines p.s.r.’), provided that they comply with national legislation which, for the purposes of this Protocol, shall be in accordance with the principles of Article 2 of the Agreement.
However, the description quality wines p.s.r., as well as the other descriptions referred to in the second subparagraph of Article 1(2) of the Regulation, may not be used for these wines.
The lists of quality wines established by wine-producing EFTA States shall be published in the Official Journal of the European Communities.
17.
387 R 1069: Commission Regulation (EEC) No 1069/87 of 15 April 1987 laying down detailed rules as regards the indication of alcoholic strength on the labelling of special wines (OJ No L 104, 16.4.1987, p. 14).
18.
388 R 3377: Commission Regulation (EEC) No 3377/88 of 28 October 1988 authorizing the United Kingdom to permit under certain conditions an additional increase in the alcoholic strength of certain table wines (OJ No L 296, 29.10.1988, p. 69).
19.

388 R 4252: Council Regulation (EEC) No 4252/88 of 21 December 1988 on the preparation and marketing of liqueur wines produced in the Community (OJ No L 373, 31.12.1988, p. 59), as amended by:
- 390 R 1328: Regulation (EEC) No 1328/90 of 14 May 1990 (OJ No L 132, 23.5.1990, p. 24).
20.

389 R 0986: Commission Regulation (EEC) No 986/89 of 10 April 1989 on the accompanying documents for carriage of wine products and the relevant records to be kept (OJ No L 106, 18.4.1989, p. 1) as amended by:
- 389 R 2600: Commission Regulation (EEC) No 2600/89 of 25 August 1989 (OJ No L 261, 29.8.1989, p. 15),
- 390 R 2246: Commission Regulation (EEC) No 2246/90 of 31 July 1990 (OJ No L 203, 1.8.1990, p. 50),
- 390 R 2776: Commission Regulation (EEC) No 2776/90 of 27 September 1990 (OJ No L 267, 29.9.1990, p. 30),
- 391 R 0592: Commission Regulation (EEC) No 592/91 of 12 March 1991 (OJ No L 66, 13.3.1991, p. 13).
The provisions of the Regulation shall, for the purposes of the Agreement, be read with the following adaptation:
Article 10(4) and Title II shall not apply.
21.
389 R 2202: Commission Regulation (EEC) No 2202/89 of 20 July 1989 defining the terms ‘coupage’, ‘the turning into wine’, ‘bottler’ and ‘bottling’ (OJ No L 209, 21.7.1989, p. 31).
22.

389 R 2392: Council Regulation (EEC) No 2392/89 of 24 July 1989 laying down general rules for the description and presentation of wines and grape musts (OJ No L 232, 9.8.1989, p. 13), as amended by:
- 389 R 3886: Council Regulation (EEC) No 3886/89 of 11 December 1989 (OJ No L 378, 27.12.1989, p. 12).
The provisions of the Regulation shall, for the purposes of the Agreement, be read with the following adaptations:
1. For wine products originating in Austria, Switzerland and Liechtenstein description requirements of Chapter II shall apply instead of the requirements of Chapter I;
2. In accordance with the requirements of Article 25(l)(d), the designation ‘table wine’ or ‘Landwein’ and its equivalents, shall be used in combination with the name of the country of origin;
3. For table wines respectively originating in Switzerland and Liechtenstein, the terms ‘Landwein’, ‘Vin de pays’ and ‘Vino tipico’ may be used provided that producer States concerned have laid down rules for use in accordance with at least the following conditions:
  - specific geographical reference,
  - certain production requirements, particularly as regards vine varieties, minimum natural alcoholic strength by volume and organoleptic characteristics.
23.

389 R 3677: Council Regulation (EEC) No 3677/89 of 7 December 1989. on the total alcoholic strength by volume and the total acidity of certain imported quality wines and repealing Regulation (EEC) No 2931/80 (OJ No L 360, 9.12.1989, p. 1), as amended by:
- 390 R 2178: Council Regulation (EEC) No 2178/90 of 24 July 1990 (OJ No L 198, 28.7.1990, p. 9).
The provisions of the Regulation shall, for the purposes of the Agreement, be read with the following adaptation:
Article l(l)(a) and l(l)(c) shall not apply.
24.
390 R 0743: Commission Regulation (EEC) No 743/90 of 28 March 1990 providing for a derogation from certain provisions on the volatile acid content of certain wines (OJ No L 82, 29.3.1990, p. 20).
25.
390 R 2676: Commission Regulation (EEC) No 2676/90 of 17 September 1990 determining Community methods for the analysis of wines (OJ No L 272, 3.10.1990, p. 1).
26.

390 R 3201: Commission Regulation (EEC) No 3201/90 of 16 October 1990 laying down detailed rules for the description and presentation of wines and grape musts (OJ No L 309, 8.11.1990, p. 1), as corrected by OJ No L 272, 3.10.1991, p. 47.
The provisions of the Regulation shall, for the purposes of the Agreement, be read with the following adaptations:
1. In Article 5(3), first subparagraph, second indent, the following terms shall be added: ‘Weinhauer’ and ‘Hauer’;
2. In Annex I, point 4, (Austria) the following terms shall be added:
  - Strohwein,
  - Qualitätswein
;
3. In Annex I, point 12 (Switzerland) the following terms shall be added:
  - La Gerle
  - appellation d'origine controls,
  - appellation d'origine
;
4. In Annex II the following shall be added under A of point 17 (Switzerland):
19.

Canton of Jura
Name of local administrative area:
Buix
;
5. Annex II shall be supplemented as follows:
23.

LIECHTENSTEIN
Wines bearing one of the following names of the wine-growing regions of origin:
  - Balzers
  - Bendern
  - Eschen
  - Mauren
  - Schaan
  - Triesen
  - Vaduz
;
6. In Annex IV, point 17 (Switzerland) shall be supplemented as follows:
  1. the left-hand column shall be completed by the following varieties:
    - Rèze
    - Kerner
    - Charmont
    - Bacchus
    - Gamay
    - Humagne rouge
    - Cornalin
    - Cabernet franc
    - Diolinoir
    - Gamaret
    - Granoir
;
  2. the term ‘Humagne blanche’ shall be added in the right-hand column as a synonym for ‘Humagne’;
7. In Annex V, paragraph (2) shall be completed as follows:
4.

In Austria, the following wines produced in the wine-growing regions of Burgenland, Niederösterreich, Steiermark and Wien:
  - Quality wines made from “Gewürztraminer” and “Muskat-Ottonel”
  - Beerenauslese, Trockenbeerenauslese, Eiswein, Strohwein, Ausbruch
.
27.
390 R 3220: Commission Regulation (EEC) No 3220/90 of 7 November 1990 laying down conditions for the use of certain oenological practices provided for in Council Regulation (EEC) No 822/87 (OJ No 308/22, 8.11.1990, p. 22).
28.

390 R 3825: Commission Regulation (EEC) No 3825/90 of 19 December 1990 on the transitional measures applicable in Portugal from 1 January to 1 September 1991 in the wine sector (OJ No L 366, 29.12.1990, p. 56).
The provisions of the Regulation shall, for the purposes of the Agreement be read with the following adaptations:
Articles 2, 4 and 5 shall not apply.
PROTOCOL 48
concerning Articles 105 and 111
Decisions taken by the EEA Joint Committee under Articles 105 and 111 may not affect the case-law of the Court of Justice of the European Communities.
PROTOCOL 49
on Ceuta and Melilla
Products covered by the Agreement and originating in the EEA, when imported into Ceuta or Melilla, shall enjoy in all respects the same customs regime as that which is applied to products originating in the customs territory of the Community under Protocol No 2 of the Act of Accession of the Kingdom of Spain and the Portuguese Republic to the European Communities. The EFTA States shall grant to imports of products covered by the Agreement and originating in Ceuta and Melilla the same customs regime as that which is granted to products imported from and originating in the EEA.
The table of contents of the EEA section would also contain references to where the information in question concerning the EC and its Member States could be found.
However, until 30 November 1993, maize flour (‘masa’ flour), obtained by the ‘nixtamilization’ method (alcaline cooking and steeping), may be used.
Note 3 to Chapter 32 says that these preparations are those of a kind used for colouring any material or used as ingredients in the manufacturing of colouring preparations, provided they are not classified in another heading in Chapter 32.
A ‘group’ is regarded as any part of the heading separated from the rest by a semicolon.
In the case of the products composed of materials classified within both heading Nos 3901 to 3906, on the one hand, and within heading Nos 3907 to 3911, on the other hand, this restriction only applies to that group of materials which predominates by weight in the product.
For special conditions relating to products made of a mixture of textile materials, see Introductory Note 5.
See Introductory Note 6.
This rule shall apply until 31 December 1993.
For knitted or crocheted articles, not elastic or rubberized, obtained by sewing or assembly of pieces of knitted or crocheted fabric (cut out or knitted directly to shape), see Introductory Note 6.
When the invoice declaration is made out by an approved exporter within the meaning of Article 22 of the Protocol, the authorization number of the approved exporter must be entered in this space. When the invoice declaration is not made out by an approved exporter, the words in brackets shall be omitted or the space left blank.
When the invoice declaration relates, in whole or in part, to products originating in Ceuta and Melilla within the meaning of Article 38 of the Protocol, the exporter must clearly indicate them in the document on which the declaration is made out by means of the symbol ‘CM’.
These indications may be omitted if the information is contained on the document itself.
See Article 21(5) of the Protocol. In cases where the exporter is not required to sign, the exemption of signature also implies the exemption of the name of the signatory.
i.e. future plans of the kind established by 389 Y 0628 (01) Council Resolution of 19 June 1989 on the implementation of a plan for priority actions in the field of statistical information: Statistical programme of the European Communities 1989 to 1992 (OJ No C 161, 28.6.1989, p. 1).
390 D 0221: Council Decision 90/221/Euratom/EEC of 23 April 1990 (1990 to 1994) (OJ No L 117, 8.5.1990, p. 28).
387 D 0516: Council Decision 87/516/Euratom/EEC of 28 September 1987 (OJ No L 302, 24. 10. 1987, p. 1).
375 R 0337: Council Regulation (EEC) No 337/75 of 10 February 1975 establishing a European Centre for the Development of Vocational Training (OJ No L 39, 13.2.1975, p. 1), as amended by:
- 1 79 H: Act concerning the Conditions of Accession and Adjustments to the Treaties — Accession of the Hellenic Republic (OJ No L 291, 19.11.1979, p. 17).
- 1 85 I: Act concerning the Conditions of Accession and Adjustment to the Treaties — Accession of the Kingdom of Spain and the Portuguese Republic (OJ No L 302, 15.11.85, pp. 157 and 158).
391 D 0049: Council Decision 91/49/EEC of 26 November 1990 (OJ No L 28, 2.2.1991, p. 29).
375 R 1365: Regulation (EEC) No 1365/75 of the Council of 26 May 1975 on the creation of a European Foundation for the Improvement of Living and Working Conditions (OJ No L 139, 30.5.1975, p. 1), as amended by:
- 1 79 H: Act concerning the Conditions of Accession and Adjustments to the Treaties — Accession of the Hellenic Republic (OJ No L 291, 19.11.1979, p. 17).
- 1 85 I: Act concerning the Conditions of Accession and Adjustments to the Treaties — Accession of the Kingdom of Spain and the Portuguese Republic (OJ No L 302, 15.11.85, pp. 157 and 158).
389 D 0490: Council Decision 89/490/EEC of 28 July 1989 (OJ No C 239, 16.8.1989, p. 33).
Financial Regulation of 21 December 1977 applicable to the general budget of the European Communities (OJ No L 355, 31.12.1977, p. 1), as modified by Council Regulation (Euratom/ECSC/EEC) No 610/90 of 13 March 1990 (OJ No L 70, 16.3.1990, p. 1), hereinafter referred to as the Financial Regulation.